BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Virgin Money UK PLC ('Virgin
Money', 'VMUK' or 'the Company'), together with its subsidiary
undertakings (which together comprise the 'Group'), operate under
the Clydesdale Bank, Yorkshire Bank and Virgin Money brands.
Following the acquisition of the Group by Nationwide Building
Society (Nationwide), the financial year end of the Company was
changed from 30 September to 31 March in order to align to
Nationwide's financial year end. This release therefore covers the
interim results of the Group for the 6 months ended 30 September
2024 and the Group's next Annual Report and Accounts will cover the
18-month period ending 31 March 2025. Unless otherwise stated,
income statement commentaries throughout this document compare the
12 months ended 30 September 2024 to the 12 months ended 30
September 2023 and the balance sheet analysis compares the Group
balance sheet as at 30 September 2024 to the Group balance sheet as
at 30 September 2023. The Interim Financial Report is unaudited and
the independent review report is included on page 56.
Statutory basis: Statutory
information is set out within the interim condensed consolidated
financial statements.
Excluding notable items basis: Management exclude certain items from the Group's statutory
position to arrive at an 'excluding notable items' basis. The
exclusion of notable items aims to remove the impact of one-offs
and other volatile items which may distort period-on-period
comparisons. Rationale for the notable items is shown on page 87.
This basis is classed as an alternative performance measure, see
below. In the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, items
adjusted from the Group's statutory position resulted in an
'underlying basis' of performance. Since then, the Group has not
presented results on an underlying basis, moving instead to a
statutory presentation of its income statement, whilst still
providing details of notable items of income and expenditure.
Comparative periods have not been restated as the 'excluding
notable items basis' is directly comparable to the previously
disclosed 'underlying basis'. Further information on this change is
shown on page 87.
Alternative performance measures (APMs):
the key performance indicators (KPIs) and
performance metrics used in monitoring the Group's performance and
reflected throughout this report fall into two categories:
financial and non-financial, and are detailed at 'Measuring the
Group's performance' on pages 372 to 380 of the Group's 2023 Annual
Report and Accounts. APMs are closely
scrutinised to ensure that they provide genuine insights into the
Group's progress; however, statutory measures are the key
determinant of dividend paying capability.
Certain figures contained in this
document, including financial information, may have been subject to
rounding adjustments and foreign exchange conversions. Accordingly,
in certain instances, the sum or percentage change of the numbers
contained in this document may not conform exactly to the total
figure given.
|
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document and any other
written or oral material discussed or distributed in connection
with the results (the 'Information') may include forward-looking
statements, which are based on assumptions, expectations,
valuations, targets, estimates, forecasts and projections about
future events. These can be identified by the use of words such as
'expects', 'aims', 'targets', 'seeks', 'anticipates', 'plans',
'intends', 'prospects', 'outlooks', 'projects', 'forecasts',
'believes', 'estimates', 'potential', 'possible', and similar words
or phrases. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks,
uncertainties and assumptions about the Group and its securities,
investments and the environment in which it operates, including,
among other things, the development of its business and strategy,
any acquisitions, combinations, disposals or other corporate
activity undertaken by the Group, trends in its operating industry,
changes to customer behaviours and covenant, macroeconomic and/or
geopolitical factors, changes to its Board and/or employee
composition, exposures to terrorist activity, IT system failures,
cyber-crime, fraud and pension scheme liabilities, risks relating
to environmental matters such as climate change including the
Group's ability along with the government and other stakeholders to
measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change
effectively, changes to law and/or the policies and practices of
the Bank of England (BoE), the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)
and/or other regulatory and governmental bodies, inflation,
deflation, interest rates, exchange rates, tax and national
insurance rates, changes in the liquidity, capital, funding and/or
asset position and/or credit ratings of the Group, future capital
expenditures and acquisitions, the repercussions of the UK's exit
from the European Union (EU) (including any change to the UK's
currency and the terms of any trade agreements (or lack thereof)
between the UK and the EU), Eurozone instability, the repercussions
of Russia's invasion of Ukraine, the conflict in the Middle East
and any UK or global cost of living crisis or recession.
In light of these risks,
uncertainties and assumptions, the events in the forward-looking
statements may not occur. Forward-looking statements involve
inherent risks and uncertainties and should be viewed as
hypothetical. Other events not taken into account may occur and may
significantly affect the analysis of the forward-looking
statements. No member of the Group or their respective directors,
officers, employees, agents, advisers or affiliates (each a 'VMUK
Party') gives any representation, warranty or assurance that any
such projections or estimates will be realised, or that actual
returns or other results will not be materially lower than those
set out in the Information. No representation or warranty is made
that any forward-looking statement will come to pass. Whilst every
effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the Information, no
VMUK Party takes any responsibility for the Information or to
update or revise it. They will not be liable for any loss or
damages incurred through the reliance on or use of it. The
Information is subject to change. No representation or warranty,
express or implied, as to the truth, fullness, fairness,
merchantability, accuracy, sufficiency or completeness of the
Information is given.
Certain industry, market and
competitive position data contained in the Information comes from
official or third party sources. There is no guarantee of the
accuracy or completeness of such data. While the Group reasonably
believes that each of these publications, studies and surveys has
been prepared by a reputable source, no member of the Group or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers
or affiliates have independently verified the data. In addition,
certain industry, market and competitive position data contained in
the Information comes from the Group's own internal research and
estimates based on the knowledge and experience of the Group's
management in the markets in which the Group operates. While the
Group reasonably believes that such research and estimates are
reasonable and reliable, they, and their underlying methodology and
assumptions, have not been verified by any independent source for
accuracy or completeness, and are subject to change. Accordingly,
undue reliance should not be placed on any of the industry, market
or competitive position data contained in the
Information.
The Information does not
constitute or form part of, and should not be construed as, any
public offer under any applicable legislation or an offer to sell
or solicitation of any offer to buy any securities or financial
instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such
securities or other financial instruments. The distribution of the
Information in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law.
Recipients are required to inform themselves about and to observe
any such restrictions. No liability to any person is accepted in
relation to the distribution or possession of the Information in
any jurisdiction.
No statement in the Information is
intended as a profit forecast, profit estimate or quantified
benefit statement for any period and no statement in the
Information should be interpreted to mean that earnings per share
for the Company for the current or future financial years would
necessarily match or exceed the historical published earnings or
earnings per share (EPS) for the Company or the Group.
Interim financial report
For the six months ended 30 September
2024
Contents
Virgin Money UK PLC
Interim results for the six months ended 30 September
2024
|
1
|
Business and
financial review
|
2
|
Risk
management
|
14
|
Risk
overview
|
15
|
Credit
risk
|
17
|
Financial
risk
|
43
|
Statement of
Directors' responsibilities
|
55
|
Independent review
report to Virgin Money UK PLC
|
56
|
Financial
statements
|
57
|
Interim condensed
consolidated income statement
|
57
|
Interim condensed
consolidated statement of comprehensive income
|
58
|
Interim condensed
consolidated balance sheet
|
59
|
Interim condensed
consolidated statement of changes in equity
|
60
|
Interim condensed
consolidated statement of cash flows
|
61
|
Notes to the interim
condensed consolidated financial statements
|
62
|
Additional
information
|
83
|
Virgin Money UK PLC Interim
results
for the 6 months ended 30
September 2024
Summary financials
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to 30 Sep 2023
|
Change
|
6 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to 30 Sep 2023
|
Change
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
Net interest income (excluding
notable items)
|
1,778
|
1,716
|
4
|
910
|
861
|
6
|
Non-interest income (OOI) (excluding
notable items)
|
146
|
157
|
(7)
|
74
|
79
|
(6)
|
Total operating income (excluding notable
items)
|
1,924
|
1,873
|
3
|
984
|
940
|
5
|
Notable items in income(1)
|
(3)
|
(46)
|
(93)
|
14
|
(27)
|
n/a
|
Statutory total operating income
|
1,921
|
1,827
|
5
|
998
|
913
|
9
|
Operating and administrative
expenses (excluding notable items)
|
(1,028)
|
(971)
|
6
|
(526)
|
(494)
|
6
|
Notable items in expenses(1)
|
(158)
|
(202)
|
(22)
|
(109)
|
(145)
|
(25)
|
Statutory operating and administrative
expenses
|
(1,186)
|
(1,173)
|
1
|
(635)
|
(639)
|
(1)
|
Statutory operating profit before impairment
losses
|
735
|
654
|
12
|
363
|
274
|
32
|
Impairment losses on credit
exposures
|
(177)
|
(309)
|
(43)
|
(84)
|
(165)
|
(49)
|
Statutory profit on ordinary activities before
tax
|
558
|
345
|
62
|
279
|
109
|
156
|
Performance
metrics(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customer lending
|
71,296
|
72,754
|
(2.0)%
|
71,296
|
72,754
|
(2.0)%
|
Net interest margin (NIM)
|
1.98%
|
1.91%
|
7bps
|
2.01%
|
1.91%
|
10bps
|
Return on tangible equity
(RoTE)
|
6.7%
|
3.9%
|
2.8%pts
|
4.3%
|
1.6%
|
2.7%
|
Cost: income ratio
|
61.7%
|
64.2%
|
(2.5)%pts
|
63.6%
|
70.0%
|
(6.4)%pts
|
Adjusted cost: income
ratio(3)
|
53.0%
|
51.9%
|
1.1%pts
|
53.7%
|
52.6%
|
1.1%pts
|
Cost of risk (CoR)
|
0.24%
|
0.42%
|
(18)bps
|
0.23%
|
0.45%
|
(22)bps
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
ratio (IFRS 9 transitional)
|
13.6%
|
14.7%
|
(1.1)%pts
|
13.6%
|
14.7%
|
(1.1)%pts
|
(1) Full details
of notable items are included on page 87.
|
(2) For
definitions of the performance metrics, refer to 'Measuring the
Group's performance' on pages 372 to 380 of the Group's 2023 Annual
Report and Accounts.
(3) Adjusted to
exclude all notable items, the new BoE Levy recognised in the 12
months to 30 September 2024 of £12m (6 months to 30 September 2024:
£2m) and the interest income generated from the return of the Cash
Ratio Deposit funds of £8m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £8m).
Refer to page 88 for further details.
|
|
Solid financial performance in the 12-month period to 30
September 2024
· Customer loans 2% lower as 6% growth in target segments of
Unsecured and Business was offset by 4% reduction in
Mortgages
· Total deposits increased 4% with relationship deposits
increasing to 55% of total deposits (30 Sep 2023: 53%)
· NIM
of 1.98% (+7bps YoY), supported by positive credit card EIR
performance adjustments, reflecting strong activity levels and
updated assumptions
· Operating expenses (excluding notable items) 6% higher YoY,
driven by inflation and the new BoE Levy (£12m) partially offset by
ongoing delivery of the cost savings programme; adjusted C:I
ratio(3) higher YoY at 53.0%
· Notable expenditure of £158m comprised £56m of restructuring
spend, £37m of FCPP(4) costs and £64m of
transaction-related costs
· Impairment charge of £177m / 24bps CoR (12 months to 30 Sep
2023: 42bps), incorporating benefit from
SICR(5) review of the Group's card portfolio and an improving
macroeconomic outlook; credit quality remains solid; stable
provision coverage of 84bps
· As a
result of these factors, statutory RoTE improved in the period to
6.7% (12 months to Sep 2023: 3.9%)
· CET1
ratio of 13.6% was 1.1%pts lower YoY; movement includes £63m of
share buybacks prior to the cancellation of the programme and full
recognition of the TMLA(6) fee (£250m plus VAT of £50m),
which was a foreseeable charge for capital purposes
Acquisition of the Company by Nationwide
· The
acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide completed on 1 October
2024, following the sanction of the Scheme of Arrangement (Scheme)
by the Court, creating the second largest provider of mortgages and
savings in the UK
· Virgin Money will remain a separate legal entity within the
combined group including Nationwide, with a separate Board and
banking license held by Clydesdale Bank
· The
PRA has confirmed outstanding externally held own funds issued by
Virgin Money will, subject to applicable deductions, be eligible to
meet the consolidated capital requirements applicable to the
combined group until 31 December 2028
· The
BoE has also confirmed it will treat the outstanding externally
held eligible liabilities, AT1 and Tier 2 instruments issued by
Virgin Money as eligible to meet the consolidated MREL requirements
applicable to the combined group until 31 December 2028
(4) Financial
crime prevention programme
(5) Significant
increase in credit risk
(6) Trademark
licence agreement between Virgin Money and Virgin Enterprises
Limited (Virgin Enterprises). For accounting purposes, the TMLA fee
of £250m and the irrecoverable VAT on the first instalment of £25m
has been recognised in October 2024. The VAT payable on the second
instalment will be recognised in October 2025. Further detail can
be found in note 5.6 to the interim condensed consolidated
financial statements.
|
|
|
Business and financial review
KPIs
Measuring strategic
delivery
Total active relationship customer
accounts
3.9m
FY23: 3.8m
FY22: 3.6m
2021(1):
3.3m
|
|
Digital
primacy(2)
65%
FY23: 61%
FY22: 56%
H1 22(3):
51%
|
|
Target lending segment asset
growth(4)
6%
FY23: 9%
FY22: 7%
FY21: (3)%
|
|
Gross annualised cost savings
(cumulative)
£187m
FY23: £130m
FY22: £69m
Target: £200m
|
|
Customer complaints per 1k
accounts
4.4
FY23: 4.0
FY22: 4.2
FY21: 3.7
|
|
Colleague engagement
77%
FY23: 80%
FY22: 79%
FY21: 68%
|
|
Group Smile
score(2)
57%
FY23: 49%
FY22: 46%
FY21: 51%
|
|
Group diversity
indicators
Senior
gender(5)
52%
FY23: 52%
FY22: 55%
Target: 45-55%
|
Senior
ethnicity(5)
9%
FY23: 8%
FY22: 4%
Target: 10%
|
Group ethnicity
8%
FY23: 7%
FY22: 6%
Target: 10%
|
|
(1)
|
As at October 2021 due to
availability of source data.
|
(2)
|
2024 outcomes reflect improved
source data, not directly comparable to historic data
|
(3)
|
As at March 2022 due to
availability of source data.
|
(4)
|
Government lending schemes are no
longer excluded from the lending balance noting these are closed
and in run-off and not considered a significant component of the
balance. Comparatives have not been restated.
|
(5)
|
Senior defined as top three
levels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business and financial
review
Business review
Acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide
The acquisition of Virgin Money by
Nationwide became effective on 1 October 2024, following the
satisfaction of all conditions within the Scheme, with Virgin Money
shares delisted on the same date. Following the Scheme becoming
effective, the Virgin Money Group is wholly owned by Nationwide,
forming the second largest provider of mortgages and retail savings
in the UK. This Business and financial review focuses on the
strategic and financial progress of Virgin Money in the 12 months
to 30 September 2024, which encompasses the acquisition process.
Please refer to Nationwide's Interim Results for the period ended
30 September 2024 for further commentary on the acquisition of
Virgin Money by Nationwide.
Board changes
David Duffy has stepped down as
Chief Executive Officer and as an Executive Director of Virgin
Money. The appointment of Chris Rhodes, formerly Chief Financial
Officer of Nationwide, as an Executive Director and Chief Executive
Officer became effective from 1 October 2024.
Clifford Abrahams has informed the
Board he will be stepping down as Group Chief Financial Officer
(CFO) on 15 December 2024 to pursue a new opportunity. During this
period there will be a handover to Gergely Zaborszky who will
takeover as CFO and join the Board as an Executive Director,
subject to regulatory approval. Gergely recently led the Group's
Financial Planning and Analysis and Capital Management
team.
Sara Weller, the representative of
Virgin Enterprises on the Virgin Money Board, has stepped down
following the completion of the acquisition. Darren Pope has also
stepped down, given his intention to take up another non-executive
director role externally which will cause a conflict with his role
at Virgin Money. Petra van Hoeken joined the Board as an
independent Non-Executive Director of the Company with effect from
1 July 2024, after Geeta Gopalan stepped down from the Board on 30
June 2024. Petra brings to the Board extensive banking and
financial services industry and risk experience gained across
multiple geographies.
Solid financial performance in the 12-month period to 30
September 2024
During the last 12 months, the
Group has remained focused on supporting customers with continued
growth in Business and Unsecured lending, as well as relationship
deposits. This has been against a continued competitive backdrop in
the broader UK banking sector, where the higher rate environment
has seen more subdued demand in the mortgage market.
Overall, the Group reported a
profit before tax of £558m for the 12-month period to 30 September
2024, 62% higher than the prior 12-month period, resulting in a
statutory RoTE for the period of 6.7% (12 months to 30 September
2023: 3.9%). This incorporated some impacts from the transaction,
including £64m of transaction-related costs, and the deferral of
restructuring activity, which limited the benefit delivered by the
Group's gross annualised cost saving measures. As such, RoTE during
the period was lower than the c.8% anticipated in November
2023.
Continuing the Group's strategic execution
Virgin Money set out a three-year
plan at FY21 to digitise the bank, improve efficiency and deliver
profitable growth in its target segments. In the final 12 months of
the plan, the Group continued to deliver operational, financial and
strategic progress in line with its Purpose-led digital strategy as
set out below:
Pioneering
Growth
Virgin Money delivered growth of
c.6% in balances in its target lending segments of Business and
Unsecured lending over the last 12 months. In Business lending,
balances increased by 7% to £9.4bn, supported by a record year for
new originations, as we delivered £2.9bn of new lending to small
and medium business customers (12 months to 30 September 2023:
£2.5bn).
Unsecured lending increased c.4%
to £6.8bn, driven mainly by 8% growth in credit cards, reflecting
strong demand from existing customers, and further new account
acquisition in a growing market. The Group also launched its new
fully digitised personal loan proposition to direct channels in
July, with volumes building gradually as we enter the market
cautiously.
In Mortgages, balances reduced by
4% over the year to £55.1bn, reflecting lower gross new lending,
given the rate environment. Against this backdrop and with
continued competitive pressure on spreads, the Group maintained its
disciplined approach to trading, delivering £5.6bn of new mortgage
completions during the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (12 months to
30 September 2023: £7.9bn).
Relationship deposits increased by
8% in the period to £38.2bn, with strong take up of the exclusive
ISA and regular saver propositions. Current account balances were
c.4% lower over the year, reflecting lower average customer
balances. Our personal current account (PCA) proposition continued
to attract new customers, with c.131k new PCAs opened over the last
year (12 months to 30 September 2023: c.110k). Our business current
account stock grew 7% benefitting from the sale of c.38k new
accounts in the last year (12 months to September 2023:
c.39k).
Business and financial
review
Business review
Delighted Customers and
Colleagues
The Group remains focused on
improving its customer service and will continue to prioritise this
work. During the last year, we continued to digitise customer
journeys, with further automation of key processes such as ISA
maturities. Investment within the Business bank saw the Group move
from 13th place in the Business CMA rankings to
10th, the joint best improvement in the industry over
the past year.
Complaints have increased in
recent months to 4.4 complaints per 1,000 accounts (30 September
2023: 4.0), driven by higher transaction volumes, two significant
payments incidents and tightened fraud rules. We remain focused on
addressing the root causes of customer complaints and improving
customer service levels. Despite the increased volume of
complaints, Financial Ombudsman Service referrals remained very low
and overturn rate in line with industry average.
The Group
has embedded the second phase of Consumer Duty requirements, which
came into effect in July, including completing the full review of
off-sale products. As part of this, we have made improvements
across several customer communications, improved management
information to give better insight into customer outcomes, and have
made some changes to back book pricing across our Savings and
Mortgage portfolios.
Colleague engagement remains
positive based on our most recent survey, with 77% engagement
overall (30 September 2023: 80%). This was a good performance given
some natural uncertainty from colleagues as a result of the
transaction process. During the period, we have continued to make
positive progress on our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion agenda,
including embedding our BRAVER initiative and were pleased to be
highly commended at the Diversity in Finance Awards and Balance in
Business Awards, while also being ranked top in our sector for the
FTSE Women's Leaders Review. This year we also welcomed 23 interns
as part of the 10,000 Black and Able Internship Programme, further
enhancing our ability to build and maintain a representative
workforce.
Super-straightforward
Efficiency
As noted in the March 2024 Interim
results, as a result of the acquisition the Group has deferred
certain restructuring activity as part of its ongoing cost savings
programme. This has meant that activity to further consolidate the
Group's property estate and increase the use of cost-effective
geographies for outsourced activities has been paused. Despite
this, the Group has delivered further efficiencies as part of the
existing cost savings programme during the year, with £187m of
annualised gross cost savings now delivered (FY23: £130m),
including benefits from sourcing, digitisation and organisational
design. While the expanded £200m cost saving target set out in
November 2023 has been suspended, the Group will continue to focus
on enhancing customer journeys and service and investing in
technology to support ongoing efficiency improvements over
time.
Discipline and
Sustainability
The Group maintained a strong
funding and liquidity position, and remains robustly capitalised,
with a CET1 ratio of 13.6% as at 30 September 2024. As part of the
transaction process, Virgin Money will recognise certain
adjustments reflecting, where appropriate, the alignment of
accounting policies and practices with Nationwide (see note 5.6 to
the interim condensed consolidated financial statements). As part
of the combined group's capital management, and as previously
announced, Nationwide will take any required actions to ensure that
Virgin Money remains robustly capitalised, including the down
streaming of capital resources as needed.
The 3-year c.£130m investment in
the financial crime prevention programme (FCPP), announced in
November 2023, is progressing as planned with several key
improvements delivered during its first year. During the year, we
implemented an upgraded financial crime platform and enhanced
customer risk assessments in our onboarding journeys. From a fraud
prevention perspective, we have delivered improvements in detection
capabilities and continue to work towards the implementation of our
new, upgraded fraud platform during the first half of calendar
2025. The investment in the FCPP has supported lower digital
payment fraud losses during the period, although the implementation
of the new UK Payment Systems Regulator's rules in October, with
banks taking increased responsibility for Authorised Push Payment
fraud remediation, is a potential headwind for future fraud
losses.
From a sustainability perspective,
we've continued to execute our ESG strategy, delivering a broader
set of customer propositions to support the transition to a low
carbon economy. Through ongoing embedding of sustainability
principles, we've continued to focus on making progress towards our
net zero goals, including across the Business portfolio and
operational emissions with continued collaboration throughout our
supply chain. The Group will provide a further update as part of
the combined annual report disclosures in 2025.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Delivering resilient financial
performance
Overview
The Group performed well during
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 with a solid overall
performance, demonstrated by an improvement in statutory RoTE to
6.7% relative to 3.9% in the previous year. This performance
coincided with the acquisition process of Virgin Money by
Nationwide, which completed on 1 October 2024. While overall
financial performance improved, the acquisition did have some
impact during the six-month period to 30 September 2024, most
notably as the Group incurred transaction-related costs, paused
restructuring activity, and cancelled its share buyback
programme.
Solid financial performance
During the 12-month period to 30
September 2024, the Group delivered growth in statutory total
income of 5% year-on-year, to £1,921m, mainly driven by a 7bps
year-on-year improvement in NIM. Statutory non-interest income was
13% higher year-on-year, though was lower when excluding the
effects of notable income, including income relating to the
purchase of abrdn Holdings Limited's (abrdn) c.50% stake in
Virgin Money Investments (VMI) in April.
Operating and administrative costs of £1,028m (excluding notable
items) were 6% higher year-on-year, reflecting inflation, the new
BoE Levy, and the impact on cost savings of the pause to our
restructuring programme. Notable expenditure was lower
year-on-year, despite the Group incurring additional transaction
related-costs, given the higher scale of restructuring charges and
intangible asset write-downs incurred in the 12-month period to 30
September 2023. Credit impairment losses of £177m were
significantly lower year-on-year, reflecting updated macroeconomic
assumptions, the review of the application of significant increase
in credit risk (SICR) on the credit card portfolio and resilient
credit quality. The combination of all of these factors drove
improved profit before tax of £558m, 62% higher year-on-year, along
with the 2.8%pts improvement in statutory RoTE to 6.7%.
Growing in target lending segments
The Group delivered further
lending growth in its target segments during the 12-month period to
30 September 2024, while overall customer lending was 2% lower at
£71.3bn. Mortgage balances reduced 4% during the 12-month period to
£55.1bn, as the Group safeguarded overall returns in a subdued
market. Business lending increased 7% overall, as growth in BAU
balances offset ongoing reductions in government-backed lending.
Unsecured balances increased 4% to £6.8bn, driven by 8% growth in
the credit card portfolio. We continued to attract new deposits
during the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, supporting overall
deposit growth of 4%, while the mix of relationship deposits
increased from 53% to 55%.
Robust balance sheet
The Group maintained a
conservative balance sheet position, including stable provision
coverage, robust funding and liquidity and a strong capital
position. Total credit provisions at 30 September 2024 were £606m
(30 September 2023: £617m) equivalent to a coverage ratio of 0.84%
(30 September 2023: 0.84%). Funding and liquidity remain strong,
with the 12-month average liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) increasing
to 157% (30 September 2023: 146%) and 12-month average net stable
funding ratio (NSFR) stable at 138% (30 September 2023: 136%). The
loan to deposit ratio (LDR) reduced to 103% (30 September 2023:
109%) given higher deposits and lower lending balances. The CET1
ratio remained strong at 13.6% (30 September 2023: 14.7%), with the
movement during the period including the full recognition of the
TMLA fee (£250m plus VAT of £50m) due to Virgin Enterprises as part
of the amended TMLA arrangements(1). This reflected that
this fee represented a foreseeable charge for capital purposes only
as at 30 September 2024, with an impact equivalent to 86bps of
CET1.
(1)
|
For accounting purposes, the TMLA
fee of £250m and the irrecoverable VAT on the first instalment of
£25m has been recognised in October 2024. The VAT payable on the
second instalment will be recognised in October 2025. Further
detail can be found in note 5.6 to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements.
|
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Income
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to 30 Sep 2023
|
Change
|
6 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to 30 Sep 2023
|
Change
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Net interest income (excluding
notable items)
|
1,778
|
1,716
|
4
|
910
|
861
|
6
|
|
Acquisition accounting
unwinds
|
(15)
|
(29)
|
(48)
|
(6)
|
(26)
|
(77)
|
|
Statutory net interest income
|
1,763
|
1,687
|
5
|
904
|
835
|
8
|
|
Non-interest income (excluding
notable items)
|
146
|
157
|
(7)
|
74
|
79
|
(6)
|
|
Hedge ineffectiveness
|
(11)
|
(16)
|
(31)
|
(3)
|
-
|
n/a
|
|
Other
|
23
|
(1)
|
n/a
|
23
|
(1)
|
n/a
|
|
Statutory non-interest income
|
158
|
140
|
13
|
94
|
78
|
21
|
|
Total operating income (excluding
notable items(1))
|
1,924
|
1,873
|
3
|
984
|
940
|
5
|
|
Statutory total operating income
|
1,921
|
1,827
|
5
|
998
|
913
|
9
|
|
(1)
|
Notable items are presented
separately above, with full details included on page 87.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overview
Statutory total operating income
of £1,921m was 5% higher compared with 2023, driven by growth in
NII. NII (excluding notable items) improved 4% year-on-year as NIM
increased 7bps to 1.98%. There were also £(15)m of acquisition
accounting unwinds within NII during the 12-month period to 30
September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: £(29)m), reflecting
fair value accounting adjustments at the time of Virgin Money's
(then named CYBG PLC) acquisition of Virgin Money Holdings (UK)
PLC. Statutory non-interest income was 13% higher year-on-year and
mainly reflected higher notable non-interest income during the
period resulting from the VMI acquisition in April and lower hedge
ineffectiveness given the current rate environment.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Net interest income
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to 30 Sep 2023
|
|
Average
balance
|
Interest income/
(expense)
|
Average
yield/ (rate)
|
Average
balance
|
Interest
income/ (expense)
|
Average
yield/
(rate)
|
Average balance sheet
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest earning assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
56,608
|
1,917
|
3.39
|
57,980
|
1,537
|
2.65
|
Unsecured
|
6,985
|
721
|
10.32
|
6,547
|
474
|
7.24
|
Business(1)
|
9,092
|
719
|
7.91
|
8,496
|
582
|
6.85
|
Liquid assets
|
16,528
|
872
|
5.28
|
16,000
|
657
|
4.11
|
Due from other banks
|
683
|
31
|
4.51
|
782
|
13
|
1.67
|
Swap income/other
|
-
|
608
|
n/a
|
-
|
600
|
n/a
|
Other interest earning
assets
|
3
|
-
|
n/a
|
5
|
-
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average interest earning assets
|
89,899
|
4,868
|
5.42
|
89,810
|
3,863
|
4.30
|
Total average non-interest earning assets
|
2,031
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average assets
|
91,930
|
|
|
92,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest bearing liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current accounts
|
14,765
|
(247)
|
(1.67)
|
15,739
|
(203)
|
(1.29)
|
Savings accounts
|
24,569
|
(701)
|
(2.85)
|
26,005
|
(433)
|
(1.67)
|
Term deposits
|
24,052
|
(1,128)
|
(4.69)
|
19,603
|
(597)
|
(3.05)
|
Wholesale funding
|
16,083
|
(1,010)
|
(6.28)
|
18,321
|
(909)
|
(4.96)
|
Other interest earning
liabilities
|
179
|
(4)
|
n/a
|
170
|
(5)
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average interest bearing liabilities
|
79,648
|
(3,090)
|
(3.88)
|
79,838
|
(2,147)
|
(2.69)
|
Total average non-interest bearing
liabilities
|
6,686
|
|
|
6,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average liabilities
|
86,334
|
|
|
86,369
|
|
|
Total average equity
|
5,596
|
|
|
5,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total average liabilities and average
equity
|
91,930
|
|
|
92,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
1,778
|
1.98
|
|
1,716
|
1.91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes loans designated at fair
value through profit or loss (FVTPL).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NII and NIM
Overall, asset yields increased
112bps in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024. Mortgage yields
increased 74bps, reflecting the higher rate environment for
customers that re-financed and new business, while average mortgage
balances were 2% lower year-on-year. Together, this resulted in
mortgage interest income that was 25% higher
year-on-year.
Unsecured average balances
increased 7% in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024. Average
yields increased 308bps year-on-year and incorporated £194m of
positive EIR performance adjustments in the credit cards portfolio,
equivalent to c.22bps of NIM on an annualised basis. These
adjustments include a positive assessment of the net present value
of the EIR asset as a result of observed behavioural outperformance
relative to more prudent assumptions, and the removal of temporary
macroeconomic adjustments that were applied at 30 September 2023.
Altogether, this drove a 52% year-on-year increase in interest
income from unsecured lending.
In Business, a 106bps increase in
the average yield was driven by a combination of the higher rate
environment and a reduction in lower-yielding government-backed
lending. This, alongside a growth in average balances, resulted in
24% higher interest income year-on-year.
Rates on interest bearing
liabilities increased 119bps in the period to 30 September 2024,
with increased average rates across all products, mainly due to the
higher rate environment. Current account average balances reduced
during the period, reflecting deposit migration into higher rate
products. Average term deposit balances increased 23% year-on-year,
mainly driven by growth in PCA-linked exclusive fixed rate
products. Average savings account balances were 6% lower
year-on-year due to the attrition or churn of existing balances.
Wholesale funding average balances reduced during the period,
primarily reflecting the repayment of TFSME.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Non-interest income
Non-interest income (excluding
notable items) was £11m lower in the 12-month period to 30
September 2024 relative to the same period in 2023. The reduction
year-on-year included the full-year impact of a change in
allocation of insurance costs incurred on packaged current accounts
in April 2023, from operating and administrative expense to
non-interest income. Furthermore, we also made changes to the
reporting of credit card cash advance fees in October 2023 from
non-interest income to interest income. Excluding these impacts,
performance was broadly stable year-on-year, reflecting resilient
credit card activity and business fee income.
There were a further £12m of
notable items within non-interest income. This included an £11m day
1 accounting gain, recognised following the acquisition of the
remaining c.50% of ordinary share capital in VMI in April. In
addition, there was also £12m arising in the ordinary course of
operating VMI following the acquisition. This has been included as
notable income in the six-month period to 30 September 2024, given
it arises from fully consolidated accounting following the
acquisition, which had not been incorporated in the Group's
guidance for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, first set in
November 2023. The Group also recognised £(11)m relating to hedge
ineffectiveness in the period.
Costs
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to 30 Sep 2023
|
Change
|
6 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to 30 Sep 2023
|
Change
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Staff costs
|
449
|
367
|
22
|
236
|
190
|
24
|
|
Property and
infrastructure
|
38
|
40
|
(5)
|
18
|
21
|
(14)
|
|
Technology and
communications
|
131
|
126
|
4
|
67
|
65
|
3
|
|
Corporate and professional
services
|
156
|
173
|
(10)
|
82
|
86
|
(5)
|
|
Depreciation, amortisation and
impairment
|
88
|
95
|
(7)
|
45
|
46
|
(2)
|
|
Other expenses
|
166
|
170
|
(2)
|
78
|
86
|
(9)
|
|
Operating and administrative expenses (excluding notable
items)
|
1,028
|
971
|
6
|
526
|
494
|
6
|
|
Notable items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
56
|
131
|
(57)
|
23
|
78
|
(71)
|
|
Financial crime prevention
programme
|
37
|
-
|
n/a
|
22
|
-
|
n/a
|
|
Legacy conduct
|
(11)
|
12
|
n/a
|
(7)
|
8
|
n/a
|
|
Other
|
76
|
59
|
29
|
71
|
59
|
20
|
|
Statutory operating and administrative
expenses
|
1,186
|
1,173
|
1
|
635
|
639
|
(1)
|
|
Cost: income ratio
|
61.7%
|
64.2%
|
(2.5)%pts
|
63.6%
|
70.0%
|
(6.4)%pts
|
|
Adjusted cost: income ratio
(1)(2)
|
53.0%
|
51.9%
|
1.1%pts
|
53.7%
|
52.6%
|
1.1%pts
|
|
(1)
|
Notable items are presented
separately above. Full details of all notable items is included on
page 87.
|
(2)
|
Adjusted to exclude all notable
items, the new BoE Levy recognised in the 12 months to 30 September
2024 of £12m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £2m) and the interest
income generated from the return of the Cash Ratio Deposit funds of
£8m (6 months to 30 September 2024: £8m).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses (excluding
notable items) increased 6% year-on-year to £1,028m, while the
adjusted cost: income ratio increased 1.1%pts to 53.0%. Staff costs
were £449m or 22% higher relative to the same period last year due
to wage inflation, FTE growth and a lower defined benefit pension
credit year-on-year, partly mitigated by restructuring benefits.
The reduction in corporate and professional services costs
year-on-year primarily reflected lower consultancy spend. The Group
also benefitted from a lower depreciation charge in the year,
primarily due to the lower level of capitalised assets and prior
store and head-office closures. Other expenses of £166m were £4m
lower year-on-year and included £12m of costs related to the new
BoE Levy (that replaced the BoE's Cash Ratio Deposit Scheme, with
effect from 1 March 2024), more than offset by higher VAT
recoveries and lower fraud losses.
The Group incurred £158m of
notable expenditure during the year, £44m lower than in the
12-month period to 30 September 2023. Restructuring charges of £56m
included spend related to the Group's programme of digitisation,
property changes and severance. As first reported alongside the
half-year trading update in May 2024, the Group has deferred
certain restructuring activities as a result of the acquisition by
Nationwide. Consequently, restructuring charges of £23m in the
6-month period to 30 September 2024 were lower than during the
previous six months (£33m). During the 12-month period to 30
September 2024, the Group also incurred £37m of costs in relation
to the financial crime prevention programme to support the upgrade
of our financial crime prevention and cyber defence capabilities.
The legacy conduct credit of £11m primarily reflects costs that
were recovered as part of the successful defence against RGL
Management over historic fixed rate tailored business loans
litigation. There were £76m of other notable items during the
period, with £64m related to transaction costs resulting from the
acquisition of Virgin Money by Nationwide. The remaining £12m
included expenses incurred by Virgin Money arising in the ordinary
course of operating VMI, following the acquisition of the remaining
c.50% of ordinary share capital in April 2024. As with VMI
non-interest income from April 2024, these expenses have been
included as notable expenditure in the six months to 30 September
2024, given they arise from fully consolidated accounting following
the acquisition of the remaining 50% of ordinary share capital,
which was not incorporated in the Group's guidance for the 12-month
period to 30 September 2024, first set in November 2023.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Impairments
As at 30 September 2024
|
Credit
provisions
£m
|
Gross
lending
£bn
|
Coverage
ratio
bps
|
Net CoR
bps
|
% of loans
in
Stage 2
|
% of loans
in
Stage 3
|
|
Mortgages
|
49
|
55.4
|
9
|
(1)
|
4.5
|
1.0
|
|
Unsecured:
|
412
|
7.2
|
602
|
230
|
16.6
|
2.0
|
|
of which credit cards
|
382
|
6.6
|
606
|
258
|
14.3
|
2.0
|
|
of which personal loans and overdrafts
|
30
|
0.6
|
547
|
(44)
|
45.2
|
1.2
|
|
Business
|
145
|
9.3
|
161(1)
|
30
|
17.2
|
4.8
|
|
Total
|
606
|
71.9
|
84
|
24
|
7.3
|
1.6
|
|
of which Stage 2
|
323
|
5.3
|
614
|
|
|
|
|
of which Stage 3
|
175
|
1.2
|
1,840
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Government-guaranteed element of
loan balances excluded for the purposes of calculating the Business
and total coverage ratio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at 30 September 2023
|
Credit
provisions
£m
|
Gross
lending
£bn
|
Coverage
ratio
bps
|
Net
CoR
bps
|
% of
loans in
Stage
2
|
% of
loans in
Stage
3
|
|
Mortgages
|
57
|
57.8
|
10
|
-
|
4.7
|
1.0
|
|
Unsecured:
|
429
|
6.8
|
665
|
430
|
24.1
|
1.7
|
|
of which credit cards
|
392
|
6.1
|
688
|
483
|
21.7
|
1.8
|
|
of which personal loans and overdrafts
|
37
|
0.7
|
488
|
86
|
44.3
|
0.9
|
|
Business
|
131
|
8.7
|
160(1)
|
44
|
22.8
|
4.7
|
|
Total
|
617
|
73.3
|
84
|
42
|
8.6
|
1.5
|
|
of which Stage 2
|
400
|
6.3
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
of which Stage 3
|
128
|
1.1
|
1,393
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Government-guaranteed element of
loan balances excluded for the purposes of calculating the Business
and total coverage ratio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at 30 September 2024, the
Group's expected credit loss (ECL) provision was £606m, modestly
lower relative to 30 September 2023 (£617m). Combined with lower
customer lending balances, this resulted in total provision
coverage of 84bps, which was static relative to 30 September 2023
and reflects improvements in the macroeconomic outlook and SICR
changes to credit cards, offsetting changes to the customer lending
mix from growth in unsecured and business lending and lower
mortgage balances. The components of the total ECL provision
includes £535m of modelled and individually assessed ECL (30
September 2023: £541m) and £71m of management adjustments (MAs) (30
September 2023: £76m). These factors resulted in a £177m impairment
charge during the period, equivalent to a CoR of 24bps.
As reported in the March 2024
interim financial report, the Group finalised changes to the credit
card SICR model that removed the requirement for a two-month
probation before accounts could return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for
non-forborne exposures. Overall, this reduced the ECL by £31m
during that period.
The key macroeconomic assumptions
used in the Group's IFRS 9 modelling were updated based on
scenarios provided by our third-party provider Oxford Economics.
The weightings applied to the scenarios were 10% to the upside
scenario, 55% to the base scenario, 20% to the downside scenario
and 15% to the severe downside scenario. The severe downside
scenario represents an additional scenario for the period to 30
September 2024, aligning to industry best practice. The weighted
macroeconomic scenario includes modest growth in GDP, peak
unemployment of 5.0% in 2027 and
a 2.0% contraction in the House Price Index (HPI)
in 2025, followed by a recovery.
In the 12-month period to 30
September 2024, loans classified as Stage 2 reduced from 8.6% of
the portfolio to 7.3%, including the impact from SICR model changes
in the credit cards portfolio. 94% of Stage 2 lending balances
remain less than 30 days past due (DPD). Stage 3 assets as a
percentage of Group lending were broadly stable at 1.6% (30
September 2023: 1.5%).
In Mortgages, the coverage ratio
of 9bps reflects the loan book that is weighted to owner-occupied
mortgages and low LTVs. Despite a gradual increase in late-stage
arrears over the period, the portfolio continues to evidence good
underlying credit performance with customers continuing to
demonstrate the ability to withstand higher mortgage payments at
maturity.
In Unsecured lending, the coverage
ratio of 602bps includes 606bps of coverage for our credit card
portfolio and 547bps of coverage for our personal loans and
overdrafts. Credit card portfolio coverage was lower relative to 30
September 2023 (688bps) and incorporates the impact of SICR model
changes. In the six-months ended 30 September 2024, credit card
arrears gradually improved, though remain elevated reflecting the
ongoing maturation of the portfolio and diversification into higher
risk products. 97% of balances are categorised as Stage 1 or Stage
2 not past due (30 September 2023: 97%).
In Business, the coverage ratio of
161bps as at 30 September 2024 was broadly stable year-on-year.
There continues to be no significant deterioration in asset quality
metrics, however, a small number of individually assessed (IA)
provisions have been recognised increasing the value of IA held by
£35m to £60m at 30 September 2024. The proportion of loans in Stage
1 or 2 not past due remains high at 95% (30 September 2023:
95%).
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Profitability
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to 30 Sep 2023
|
6 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to 30 Sep 2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Statutory profit on ordinary activities before
tax
|
558
|
345
|
279
|
109
|
Tax expense
|
(180)
|
(99)
|
(137)
|
(43)
|
Statutory profit for the period
|
378
|
246
|
142
|
66
|
RoTE
|
6.7%
|
3.9%
|
4.3%
|
1.6%
|
TNAV per share
|
358.3p
|
359.8p
|
358.3p
|
359.8p
|
Basic earnings per share
(EPS)
|
23.9p
|
14.0p
|
7.9p
|
3.0p
|
Overview
The Group made a statutory profit
before tax of £558m in the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 (12
months to 30 September 2023: £345m), resulting in a statutory RoTE
of 6.7% (2023: 3.9%). TNAV per share was (1.5)p lower year-on-year,
as +20.6p of retained earnings and +8.8p from share buybacks prior
to the cancelation of the programme, were more than offset by
(23.8)p from a reduction in the cash flow hedge reserve, (5.0)p
from a lower overall actuarial pension surplus and (2.0)p of
fair value through other comprehensive income
(FVOCI) and other movements.
Taxation
There was a £180m tax expense in
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September
2023: £99m), resulting in an effective tax rate of 32%. This
included the re-assessment of the recoverability of deferred tax
assets, which resulted in the de-recognition of £252m of tax losses
and an associated current tax charge of £63m. The Group assesses
the recoverability of deferred tax assets over a six-year corporate
planning time horizon which incorporates all aspects of the Group's
future performance and expectations, including the transaction
related impacts described in note 5.6 to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
Balance sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,116
|
|
57,497
|
(4)%
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,798
|
|
6,519
|
4%
|
Business(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,382
|
|
8,738
|
7%
|
Total customer lending
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,296
|
|
72,754
|
(2)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Relationship
deposits(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,235
|
|
35,394
|
8%
|
Non-linked savings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,315
|
|
9,741
|
16%
|
Term deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,873
|
|
21,474
|
(7)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customer deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,423
|
|
66,609
|
4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale funding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,157
|
|
16,658
|
(27)%
|
of which TFSME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
6,200
|
(52)%
|
LDR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103%
|
|
109%
|
(6)%pts
|
LCR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157%
|
|
146%
|
11%pts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Of which, £387m government lending
(30 September 2023: £625m)
|
|
(2)
|
Current account and linked savings
balances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overview
At an aggregate level, total
customer lending reduced 2% in the 12-month period to 30 September
2024 to £71.3bn as growth in Unsecured and Business lending was
offset by a reduction in Mortgages. Total customer deposits
increased 4% to £69.4bn in the same period, resulting in a
reduction in the LDR to 103% (30 September 2023: 109%).
Mortgage balances reduced 4% in
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024 to £55.1bn. This reflected
a more subdued market with mortgage rates positioned at higher
levels throughout the year, and wider cost of living pressures.
Against this market backdrop, the Group traded with discipline to
protect overall spreads.
Unsecured balances increased 4% in
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, as 8% growth in credit
cards was offset by a reduction in personal loans. In credit cards,
the Group benefitted from resilient activity levels, further new
account acquisition and strong retention. During the period, the
Group has continued to observe customer behavioural activity
outperforming its prudent assumptions across spend, repayment and
retention, resulting in card EIR performance remaining persistently
better than expected.
Business lending increased 7% in
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, as a reduction in
Government-scheme balances was more than offset by 11% growth in
BAU balances. BAU growth reflected the strength of our national
franchise and sector specialisms in resilient market segments.
Government-scheme balances reduced 38% to £0.4bn, as borrowers made
contractual repayments.
Customer deposits increased 4% in
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024. Relationship deposits
were £2.8bn higher year-on-year, as the Group continued to grow
current accounts and linked savings. Non-linked savings increased
by £1.6bn as the Group prioritised this market for new secondary
funding. Term deposit balances reduced by £1.6bn given ongoing
maturities.
Wholesale funding and liquidity
The Group has a stable funding
base with customer deposits representing c.85% of total funding.
The Group's customer deposits are weighted towards retail customers
(76%), with the remaining deposits from business customers,
predominantly small and medium-sized enterprises. Of the total
customer deposit book, c.72% is insured via the FSCS and of the
balances that are uninsured, a proportion are fixed term and/or
would incur a charge if customers wanted to withdraw their
money.
During the 12-month period to 30
September 2024, the Group successfully issued €750m of MREL senior
notes and £500m of RMBS publicly to investors, while at the same
time repaying £3.25bn of its TFSME drawings (£2.95bn outstanding as
at 30 September 2024). On an overall basis, wholesale funding
reduced to £12.2bn as at 30 September 2024 (30 September 2023:
£16.7bn). Of our total debt securities in issue, only c.17%
(£1.6bn) has less than 1-year to effective maturity, reflecting
term issuance roll-downs (the Group has negligible short-term
wholesale funding). The Group has £2.05bn of TFSME maturing in
2025, with the remaining £0.9bn subject to term extension beyond
2026.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
The stability of the Group's
funding sources is highlighted in its NSFR, which
remains strong on a
12-month average basis at 138%.
The Group's 12-month average LCR increased
to 157% (30 September
2023: 146%), continuing to comfortably exceed both regulatory
requirements and the Group's more prudent internal risk appetite
metrics. The Group's c.£14.1bn
liquid asset portfolio is primarily comprised of
cash at the BoE (c.62%) with the remainder comprising UK Government securities
(Gilts) and AAA rated listed securities (e.g. bonds issued by
supra-nationals and corporate covered bonds). The liquid asset
portfolio is fully hedged from an interest rate, inflation and FX
risk perspective and any movements in fair value are recognised in
CET1 via the income statement or FVOCI reserve. The Group also has unencumbered pre-positioned collateral at
the BoE representing c.£9.7bn of secondary
liquidity drawing capacity via the Bank's Sterling Monetary
Framework, which does not form part of the liquid asset portfolio
for LCR or internal stressed outflow purposes. Over time the stock
of unencumbered pre-positioned collateral will increase as
remaining TFSME drawings are repaid. In addition, the Group has a
further c.£21.2bn of unencumbered assets eligible and readily available but not
currently pre-positioned at the BoE.
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9
transitional)
|
|
13.6%
|
|
14.7%
|
(1.1)%pts
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 fully
loaded)
|
|
13.5%
|
|
14.3%
|
(0.8)%pts
|
Total capital ratio
|
|
19.2%
|
|
21.2%
|
(2.0)%pts
|
MREL ratio
|
|
28.9%
|
|
31.9%
|
(3.0)%pts
|
UK leverage ratio
|
|
5.1%
|
|
5.0%
|
0.1%pts
|
RWAs (£m)
|
|
26,594
|
|
25,176
|
5.6%
|
of which Mortgages
(£m)
|
|
8,683
|
|
9,072
|
(4.3)%
|
of which Unsecured
(£m)
|
|
5,144
|
|
4,819
|
6.7%
|
of which Business
(£m)
|
|
8,661
|
|
6,990
|
23.9%
|
(1)
|
Unless where stated, data in the
table shows the capital position on a Capital Requirements
Directive (CRD) IV 'fully loaded' basis with IFRS 9 transitional
adjustments applied.
|
|
(2)
|
The capital ratios include
unverified profits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overview
At 30 September 2024, the Group
maintained a robust capital position, with a CET1 ratio of 13.6%
(IFRS 9 transitional basis) and a total capital ratio of 19.2%. The
Group's CET1 ratio on an IFRS 9 fully loaded basis was 13.5%. The
Group's CET1 position included a deduction for the £250m (plus VAT
of £50m) fee due to Virgin Enterprises, following amendments to the
brand licence agreement between the Company and Virgin Enterprises
as part of the Nationwide acquisition. Although this fee was not
recognised for accounting purposes, it was deducted from the
Company's regulatory capital resources as it represented a
foreseeable charge.
As a result of the Group's usual
annual SREP process and ICAAP submission, the Group's Pillar 2A
CET1 requirement increased from 1.9% to 2.1% effective from 2
October 2024. Accordingly, the Group's CRD IV minimum CET1 capital
requirement (or MDA threshold) has increased from 10.9% to
11.1%.
Ahead of the Group's
implementation of updates to mortgage IRB models (including hybrid
PD), a model adjustment has been applied to increase RWAs and
expected losses in advance of formal approval of models.
Based on Virgin Money's initial
interpretation of the near-final Basel 3.1 rules, the Group expects
a benefit to the CET1 ratio from Basel 3.1 implementation on day 1
(1 Jan 2026). The Group expects the RWA output floor based on the
standardised approach to bind later in the transitional period,
subject to a more granular assessment of the PRA's final rules and
the evolution of the Group's balance sheet.
As detailed in note 5.6 to the
interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Group has
made a number of material accounting policy changes to align with
those used by Nationwide. These changes took place following
completion of the acquisition on 1 October 2024 and have therefore
not been recognised in the 30 September 2024 interim condensed
consolidated financial statements or capital position.
The accounting policy changes
include revisions to EIR methodology for mortgages and credit cards
and will require restatement to prior periods. The impact of the restatement will include reductions of
£185m and £370m to the mortgage EIR asset and to the credit card
EIR asset respectively compared to the 30 September 2024 positions.
There remains the potential for further
adjustments following other changes to accounting policy and
practice. On 1 October 2024, the Company issued ordinary shares to
Nationwide for cash consideration of £650m. This ordinary share
issue mitigates the impact of the accounting policy changes noted
above on the Group's CET1 ratio.
As part of its ongoing management
of capital, the Group has applied to the PRA and Court of Session
to approve a c.£1.55bn reduction of Clydesdale Bank PLC's share
premium account, with a corresponding increase in retained
earnings. This would increase the level of available distributable
reserves in Clydesdale Bank PLC, with no impact to the Group's
overall equity position or CET1 ratio. The Final Court hearing to
approve the share premium account reduction is expected to take
place on 28 November 2024.
Business and financial
review
Chief Financial Officer's
review
CET1 capital
CET1 reduced by (109)bps in the
period with the movements set out in the table below. The (86)bps
impact of the TMLA fee arises from the deduction of the foreseeable
£250m (plus VAT of £50m) as a foreseeable charge as set out above.
The (25)bps impact of the share buyback includes £63m that was
returned to shareholders, prior to the cancellation of the
programme as a result of the acquisition process.
CET1 Capital movements
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
|
|
%/bps
|
Opening CET1 ratio
|
|
14.7%
|
Capital generated (bps)
|
|
179
|
RWA growth (bps)
|
|
(77)
|
AT1 distributions (bps)
|
|
(22)
|
Underlying capital generated (bps)
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
(bps)
|
|
(16)
|
Acquisition accounting unwind
(bps)
|
|
(4)
|
Financial crime prevention
programme (bps)
|
|
(11)
|
Conduct (bps)
|
|
4
|
Hedge ineffectiveness
(bps)
|
|
(3)
|
Other notables (bps)
|
|
(20)
|
Foreseeable ordinary dividends
(bps)
|
|
(10)
|
Share buyback (bps)
|
|
(25)
|
TMLA fee (bps)
|
|
(86)
|
Other (bps)
|
|
(18)
|
Net capital absorbed
(bps)
|
|
(109)
|
Closing CET1 ratio
|
|
13.6%
|
(1)
|
The table shows the capital
position on a CRD IV 'fully loaded' basis with IFRS 9 transitional
adjustments applied.
|
MREL
The Group's transitional MREL
ratio at 30 September 2024 was 28.9% of RWAs (30 September 2023:
31.9%), or 9.1% when expressed as a percentage of Leverage
exposures (30 September 2023: 9.3%). This provides headroom of
£0.2bn or 0.9% above the Group's latest binding loss-absorbing
capacity (LAC) requirement of 28.0% of RWAs (effective from 2
October 2024, following the Group's usual annual SREP process and
ICAAP submission).
The PRA has confirmed that it
intends to apply sub-consolidated prudential requirements to Virgin
Money until 31 December 2028, and that it also intends to treat the
outstanding externally held AT1, Tier 2 and MREL-eligible senior
unsecured liabilities issued by Virgin Money as eligible to meet
the consolidated MREL requirements applicable to the combined group
until 31 December 2028, subject to applicable deductions. Going
forward all new AT1, Tier 2 and MREL-eligible senior instruments
will be issued by Nationwide. Down-streaming arrangements will be
in place to ensure appropriate capital levels in Virgin Money and
Clydesdale Bank PLC.
Clifford Abrahams, Chief Financial Officer - 26 November
2024
Risk management
Risk overview
Risk overview
|
15
|
Credit risk
|
17
|
Financial risk
|
43
|
Risk management
Risk overview
The objective of risk management
is to keep the bank safe, to ensure resilience and to put the
customer interests at the centre of our decision
making to support good customer outcomes. Effective risk management
supports the sustainable delivery of our strategic
objectives.
This report provides information on developments during the period
relating to the Group's risk exposures, including how those risks
are managed or mitigated.
Key developments in 2024
During 2024, Risk has focussed on
the launch and delivery of key initiatives, supporting the vision
to 'Drive Better Outcomes Through
More Impactful Risk Management.'
Work continues to enhance risk
management practices and reporting capabilities. During the period
significant effort has been made to ensure readiness for the launch
of our new Integrated Risk Management (IRM) system. The new system
will provide enhanced risk management practices and reporting
capabilities, improving transparency and understanding of risks and
related controls across the bank, and building a more data driven
approach to risk management. Control effectiveness requires focus,
with the introduction of the new IRM system and ongoing training
supporting heightened awareness and better controls. Internal
policies, standards and procedures are being strengthened in line
with improved system capabilities to drive further improvements and
uplift overall control quality and completeness in readiness for
increased expectations under Principle 29 of the Corporate
Governance Code 2024. Additionally, work
continues to enhance our internal fraud control environment, with
robust plans established which are due to be implemented by
December 2024.
A new model inventory solution was
launched, delivering core functionality to support adherence to the
new supervisory statement (SS)1/23 'Model risk management
principles for banks'. This is another step forward as we continue
to automate and digitise, bringing efficiencies in our deliverables
and strengthening our model risk management objectives.
The second phase of Consumer Duty
was implemented, including compliance with the requirements for
closed book review and reporting. This helps to deliver good
outcomes for our customers and included the launch of our new
vulnerability disclosure tool.
We have successfully launched our
enhanced financial crime protection programme, with all three lines
of defence collaborating to ensure we can keep our customers and
the Group safe, and enable the Group to adapt to new and evolving
threats such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) and
cybercrime.
Principal risks
Principal risks are those which
could result in events or circumstances that might threaten the
Group's business model, future performance, solvency, liquidity or
reputation. The Group's principal risks
are listed below and remain as disclosed
in the 2024 March Interim Financial Report.
Principal risks
|
Definitions
|
Credit risk
|
The risk that a retail or business
customer or counterparty fails to pay the interest or capital due
on a loan or other financial instrument. Credit risk needs to be
managed through the life cycle of each loan from origination to
repayment, redemption, write-off or sale. It manifests in the
products that the Group offers and in which it invests and can
arise in respect of both on- and off-balance sheet
exposures.
|
Financial risk
|
The risk that the Group cannot
meet its obligations to repay depositors' funds in a timely manner
or that there is insufficient ability to absorb losses. Several
categories of risk are included (liquidity, funding, capital,
pension and market risks), that must all be managed in a way that
maintains the confidence of customers, investors, and
regulators.
|
Model risk
|
The potential for adverse
consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model
outputs and reports.
|
Regulatory and compliance
risk
|
The risk of failing to comply with
relevant regulatory requirements and changes in the regulatory
environment, failing to manage legal risks effectively, or failing
to manage a constructive relationship with our regulators, by not
keeping them informed of relevant issues, not responding
effectively to information requests or not meeting regulatory
deadlines.
|
Conduct risk
|
The risk of undertaking business
in a way which fails to deliver good customer outcomes in line with
the FCA's Consumer Duty, and causes customer harm, and may result
in regulatory censure, redress costs and/or reputational
damage.
|
Operational risk
|
The risk of loss or customer harm
resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and
systems or from external events, incorporating the inability to
maintain critical services, recover quickly and learn from
unexpected/adverse events. Operational risk includes: change risk;
third-party risk; cyber and information security risk; physical and
personal security risk; IT resilience risk; data management risk;
payment creation, execution and settlement risk; and people
risk.
|
Economic crime risk
|
The risk that the Group fails to
detect and prevent its products and services from being used to
facilitate economic crime, resulting in harm to customers,
the Group and its reputation, or third parties. This
includes money laundering, terrorist financing, facilitation of tax
evasion, sanctions, fraud, and bribery
and corruption.
|
Risk management
Risk overview
Principal risks (continued)
Principal risks
|
Definitions
|
Strategic and enterprise
risk
|
The risk of significant loss of
earnings or damage from decisions or actions that impact the
long-term interests of the Group's stakeholders, or from an
inability to fund or manage required change projects or adapt
to external developments.
|
Climate risk
|
The risk of exposure to physical
and transition risks arising from climate change.
|
Emerging and evolving risks
Emerging and evolving risks are
current or future risks arising from internal or external events,
with a material unknown or unpredictable component, and the
potential to significantly impact the future performance of the
Group or prevent delivery of good outcomes for our customers over
the medium to long term (12 months +). Emerging and evolving risks
are continually assessed through a horizon scanning process,
considering all internal and external factors,
with escalation and reporting to the Board.
The emerging and evolving risk
classifications reported in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and
Accounts have been reviewed throughout the year and
updated.
Risks
|
Description
|
|
|
|
Economic and Geopolitical
risks
|
Uncertainty in the UK economic
environment prevails and further changes
were outlined in the UK Government's October 2024 Budget, with
inflation and Bank rate levels continuing to impact consumer
confidence and housing market activity. These uncertainties could
affect customer resilience and consequently debt
affordability.
Geopolitical volatility remains
with ongoing conflict in Ukraine and Gaza, and other global
tensions arising. Although the Group's direct exposures to these
areas is very limited, there is the risk of a broader macroeconomic
impact, disruption in supply chains, and the heightened risk of
cyber-attacks and economic crime.
The
Group maintains robust capital and liquidity levels, with stress
testing against a range of severe but plausible market scenarios
performed to understand and mitigate risks to financial
resilience.
|
Evolving regulatory
environment
|
Firms remain subject to constantly
evolving regulation and oversight from different regulatory bodies.
This regulatory landscape requires ongoing responses, specialist
resource and funding to execute multifaceted and large-scale change
projects, to ensure compliance.
It is anticipated that continued
technological advancements and the rise of AI will drive changing
regulations which the Group will need to adopt, requiring continued
investment to protect our customers.
The Group works with regulators to
ensure it meets its obligations and any implications from upcoming
regulatory activity are incorporated into the strategic planning
cycle.
|
Third-party risk
|
There are increasingly complex and
significant dependencies on third-party suppliers, including
outsourcing of certain activities, which require effective
management of the levels of risk that arise.
Dependencies on a particular
supplier for multiple business capabilities could affect resilience
and mean a single failure disrupts multiple aspects of the
business. These risks are closely
managed and mitigated through our third-party framework, policy and
standards.
|
Emergent Technology
Risks
|
Accelerated technological change
in areas such as AI, quantum computing and data science, places
increasing strategic importance on the effective and efficient use
of systems and data to remain competitive. The Group's operations
and digital strategy are increasingly dependent on the use of
quality and timely data, within scalable and secure architecture,
to support decision making.
|
Integration risk
|
There are a range of operational
and people risks that could arise due to integration activity
following the acquisition by NBS, which could include:
Operational risk: The
harmonisation of operational processes, IT and systems, and
organisational cultures, could negatively impact efficiency,
productivity and quality, and lead to increased costs and
complexities, as well as disruption to service and delivery, if not
carefully managed.
People risk: People risk is
heightened, driven by an uncertain and changing environment which
could have varying adverse impacts, for example on attrition and
talent attraction.
|
Cyberattacks
|
The landscape of security and
cyber threats continues to advance and is becoming more
sophisticated in terms of frequency, impact, and severity, with
potential that AI-assisted tools such as voice and image generation
create further risks. The current geopolitical and macroeconomic
environment heightens the risk of cyberattacks on the Group, with
wide-ranging impacts including financial and data loss, disruption
to our business and customer service, and reputational
damage.
The Group is investing in
capabilities to defend against cyber threats, with key initiatives
ongoing to upgrade propositions across areas such as financial
crime prevention and cyber defence.
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Section
|
Page
|
Tables
|
Page
|
Credit risk overview
|
18
|
|
|
Group credit risk
exposures
|
18
|
Maximum exposure to credit risk on
financial assets, contingent liabilities and credit-related
commitments
|
19
|
Key credit metrics
|
19
|
Key credit metrics
|
19
|
|
|
Gross loans and advances ECL and
coverage
|
20
|
|
|
Stage 2 balances
|
22
|
|
|
Credit risk exposure and ECL, by
internal probability of default (PD) rating, by IFRS 9 stage
allocation
|
23
|
|
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
24
|
Mortgage credit
performance
|
25
|
Breakdown of Mortgage
portfolio
|
25
|
Collateral
|
26
|
Mortgage portfolio interest rate
breakdown
|
25
|
Forbearance
|
26
|
Average LTV of Mortgage portfolio
by staging
|
26
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
27
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
27
|
Unsecured credit
performance
|
28
|
Breakdown of Unsecured credit
portfolio
|
28
|
Forbearance
|
28
|
|
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
29
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
29
|
Business credit
performance
|
31
|
Breakdown of Business credit
portfolio
|
31
|
Forbearance
|
32
|
|
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
33
|
IFRS 9 staging
|
33
|
Macroeconomic assumptions,
scenarios, and weightings
|
34
|
|
|
Macroeconomic assumptions
|
34
|
Scenarios
|
34
|
|
|
Key macroeconomic
assumptions
|
35
|
|
|
Five-year simple averages on
unemployment, GDP and HPI
|
37
|
The use of estimates, judgements
and sensitivity analysis
|
37
|
|
|
The use of estimates
|
37
|
Economic scenarios
|
37
|
The use of judgement
|
38
|
Impact of changes to
significant increase in credit risk
(SICR) thresholds on staging
|
38
|
|
|
Impact of management adjustments
(MAs) on the Group's ECL allowance and coverage ratio
|
39
|
|
|
Macroeconomic
assumptions
|
41
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit risk overview
Credit risk is the risk that a
borrower or counterparty fails to pay the interest or capital due
on a loan or other financial instrument. Credit risk manifests
itself in the financial instruments and products that the Group
offers and in which it invests and can arise in respect of
both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. This remains consistent
with the Group's position as described in the Group's 2023 Annual
Report and Accounts, however not all of that information has been
replicated in this Interim Financial Report.
Close monitoring, clear policies
and underwriting criteria, and a disciplined approach to credit
risk management support the Group's operations and have underpinned
its resilience in recently challenging times. Inflationary
headwinds and cost of living pressures are improving but remain
sufficiently challenging to continue to have the potential to
affect customer resilience and debt affordability. The Group
continually reviews the steps that are being taken to support
customers through this period of heightened affordability pressure
and ensure that its credit risk framework and associated policies
remain effective and appropriate.
The Group has continued to
maintain a relatively stable lending book, with gross lending to
customers reducing slightly overall to £71.9bn at 30 September 2024
(30 September 2023: £73.3bn) as 7% growth in target segments of
Unsecured and Business was offset by a 4% reduction in Mortgages.
The Unsecured balances increased 6% to £7.2bn (30 September 2023
£6.8bn), driven by 9% growth in the credit card portfolio. Business
lending increased 7% overall to £9.3bn (30 September 2023: £8.7bn),
as growth in BAU balances offset ongoing reductions in
government-backed lending.
Asset quality remains robust and
most of the key asset quality ratios remained resilient with no
significant deterioration.
During the 12 month period to 30
September 2024, the Group reviewed the existing staging approach
for credit cards in the Unsecured portfolio which focused on the
triggers that move exposures from Stage 1 (requiring a 12-month ECL
calculation) to Stage 2 (requiring a lifetime ECL calculation) and
removed the requirement for a two-month probation period before
accounts could return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for non-forborne
exposures. The overall impact of this change has been a reduction
of £31m in the modelled ECL in the Unsecured portfolio.
Primarily driven by an improving
economic outlook, the updated macroeconomic inputs have resulted in
a release of modelled provision across all portfolios. MAs also
reduced in the period to £71m (30 September 2023: £76m). The total
ECL provision reduced to £606m as at 30 September 2024 (30
September 2023: £617m); the coverage ratio remained stable at
84bps.
The impairment charge to the
income statement is £177m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £309m)
with an associated CoR of 24bps (12 months to 30 September 2023:
42bps).
Group credit risk exposures
The Group is exposed to credit
risk across all of its financial asset classes, however its
principal exposure to credit risk arises on customer lending
balances. Given the significance of customer lending exposures to
the Group's overall credit risk position, the disclosures that
follow are focused principally on customer lending.
The Group is also exposed to
credit risk on its other banking and treasury-related activities
and holds £10.7bn of cash and balances with central banks and
£0.5bn due from other banks at amortised cost (30 September 2023:
£11.3bn and £0.7bn respectively), with a further £6.1bn (30
September 2023: £6.2bn) of financial assets at FVOCI. Cash and
balances with central banks include £9.7bn of cash held with the
BoE (30 September 2023: £10.2bn). Balances with other banks and
financial assets at FVOCI are primarily held with senior investment
grade counterparties. All other banking and treasury related
financial assets are classed as Stage 1 with no material ECL
provision held.
The following tables show the
levels of concentration of the Group's loans and advances,
contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments.
Risk management
Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk on financial assets and
credit-related commitments
30 September 2024
|
Gross loans and advances
to customers
|
Credit-related
commitments
|
Total
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Mortgages
|
55,409
|
2,458
|
57,867
|
Unsecured
|
7,197
|
10,990
|
18,187
|
Business
|
9,334
|
4,217
|
13,551
|
Total
|
71,940
|
17,665
|
89,605
|
Impairment provisions on credit
exposures (1)
|
(602)
|
(4)
|
(606)
|
Fair value hedge
adjustment
|
(112)
|
-
|
(112)
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on lending
assets
|
71,226
|
17,661
|
88,887
|
Cash and balances with central
banks
|
|
|
10,695
|
Financial instruments at
FVOCI
|
|
|
6,087
|
Due from other banks
|
|
|
518
|
Other financial assets at fair
value
|
|
|
54
|
Derivative financial
assets
|
|
|
44
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on all financial assets
(2)
|
|
|
106,285
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
|
57,797
|
2,685
|
60,482
|
Unsecured
|
6,814
|
11,242
|
18,056
|
Business
|
8,684
|
4,073
|
12,757
|
Total
|
73,295
|
18,000
|
91,295
|
Impairment provisions held on
credit exposures (1)
|
(612)
|
(5)
|
(617)
|
Fair value hedge
adjustment
|
(492)
|
-
|
(492)
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on
lending assets
|
72,191
|
17,995
|
90,186
|
Cash and balances with central
banks
|
|
|
11,282
|
Financial instruments at
FVOCI
|
|
|
6,184
|
Due from other banks
|
|
|
667
|
Other financial assets at fair
value
|
|
|
61
|
Derivative financial
assets
|
|
|
135
|
Maximum credit risk exposure on
all financial assets (2)
|
|
|
108,515
|
(1)
The total ECL provision covers both on and
off-balance sheet exposures which are reflected in notes 3.1.1.1
and 3.3 respectively. All tables and ratios that follow are
calculated using the combined on- and off-balance sheet ECL, which
is consistent for all periods reported. Off-balance sheet exposures
include financial guarantees and other credit
commitments.
(2) Unless otherwise
noted, the amount that best represents the maximum credit exposure
at the reporting date is the carrying value of the financial
asset.
Key credit metrics
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
|
Impairment charge on credit exposures
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage lending
|
(4)
|
(5)
|
(1)
|
2
|
|
Unsecured lending
|
73
|
154
|
143
|
269
|
|
Business lending
|
15
|
28
|
23
|
38
|
|
Total Group impairment charge
|
84
|
177
|
165
|
309
|
|
Impairment charge (1)
to average customer loans (cost of risk (CoR))
|
0.23%
|
0.24%
|
0.45%
|
0.42%
|
|
(1)
|
Inclusive of gains/losses on
assets held at fair value and elements of fraud loss.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
Key asset quality ratios
|
|
|
|
Loans in Stage 2
|
7.34%
|
8.63%
|
|
Loans in Stage 3
|
1.61%
|
1.47%
|
|
Total book coverage
(1)
|
0.84%
|
0.84%
|
|
Stage 2 coverage
(1)
|
6.14%
|
6.33%
|
|
Stage 3 coverage
(1)
|
18.40%
|
13.93%
|
|
(1)
|
Excludes the guaranteed element of
government-backed loan schemes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit quality of loans and advances
The following tables outline the
staging profile of the Group's customer lending portfolios which is
key to understanding their asset quality.
Gross loans and advances
(1) ECL and
coverage
30 September 2024
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Mortgages
|
Cards
|
Loans and
overdrafts
|
Combined
|
Business
(2)
|
Total(2)
|
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Stage 1
|
52,370
|
94.5%
|
5,565
|
83.7%
|
296
|
53.6%
|
5,861
|
81.4%
|
7,276
|
78.0%
|
65,507
|
91.1%
|
|
Stage 2 - total
|
2,477
|
4.5%
|
946
|
14.3%
|
249
|
45.2%
|
1,195
|
16.6%
|
1,606
|
17.2%
|
5,278
|
7.3%
|
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD
|
2,122
|
3.8%
|
889
|
13.4%
|
246
|
44.6%
|
1,135
|
15.8%
|
1,586
|
17.0%
|
4,843
|
6.7%
|
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD
|
104
|
0.2%
|
27
|
0.4%
|
1
|
0.2%
|
28
|
0.4%
|
9
|
0.1%
|
141
|
0.2%
|
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD
|
251
|
0.5%
|
30
|
0.5%
|
2
|
0.4%
|
32
|
0.4%
|
11
|
0.1%
|
294
|
0.4%
|
|
Stage 3(3)
|
562
|
1.0%
|
134
|
2.0%
|
7
|
1.2%
|
141
|
2.0%
|
452
|
4.8%
|
1,155
|
1.6%
|
|
|
55,409
|
100.0%
|
6,645
|
100.0%
|
552
|
100.0%
|
7,197
|
100.0%
|
9,334
|
100.0%
|
71,940
|
100.0%
|
|
ECLs(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
7
|
15.0%
|
72
|
18.9%
|
4
|
11.9%
|
76
|
18.4%
|
25
|
17.1%
|
108
|
17.8%
|
|
Stage 2 - total
|
22
|
44.1%
|
242
|
63.3%
|
21
|
72.3%
|
263
|
63.9%
|
38
|
26.5%
|
323
|
53.4%
|
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD
|
8
|
15.4%
|
210
|
55.0%
|
20
|
67.0%
|
230
|
55.8%
|
38
|
26.4%
|
276
|
45.6%
|
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD
|
3
|
5.6%
|
13
|
3.3%
|
-
|
1.3%
|
13
|
3.2%
|
-
|
0.1%
|
16
|
2.6%
|
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD
|
11
|
23.1%
|
19
|
5.0%
|
1
|
4.0%
|
20
|
4.9%
|
-
|
0.0%
|
31
|
5.2%
|
|
Stage 3(3)
|
20
|
40.9%
|
68
|
17.8%
|
5
|
15.8%
|
73
|
17.7%
|
82
|
56.4%
|
175
|
28.8%
|
|
|
49
|
100.0%
|
382
|
100.0%
|
30
|
100.0%
|
412
|
100.0%
|
145
|
100.0%
|
606
|
100.0%
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
0.01%
|
|
1.37%
|
|
1.21%
|
|
1.36%
|
|
0.35%
|
|
0.16%
|
|
Stage 2 - total
|
|
0.86%
|
|
26.73%
|
|
8.76%
|
|
22.80%
|
|
2.44%
|
|
6.14%
|
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD
|
|
0.35%
|
|
24.71%
|
|
8.22%
|
|
20.97%
|
|
2.45%
|
|
5.70%
|
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD
|
|
2.53%
|
|
49.62%
|
|
34.49%
|
|
48.95%
|
|
1.08%
|
|
11.09%
|
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD
|
|
4.52%
|
|
66.11%
|
|
58.25%
|
|
65.57%
|
|
1.39%
|
|
11.01%
|
|
Stage 3(3)
|
|
3.57%
|
|
52.22%
|
|
79.25%
|
|
53.43%
|
|
33.01%
|
|
18.40%
|
|
|
|
0.09%
|
|
6.06%
|
|
5.47%
|
|
6.02%
|
|
1.61%
|
|
0.84%
|
|
Undrawn exposures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
2,344
|
95.4%
|
10,510
|
98.2%
|
269
|
94.1%
|
10,779
|
98.1%
|
3,668
|
87.0%
|
16,791
|
95.1%
|
|
Stage 2
|
102
|
4.1%
|
172
|
1.6%
|
16
|
5.6%
|
188
|
1.7%
|
530
|
12.5%
|
820
|
4.6%
|
|
Stage 3
|
12
|
0.5%
|
22
|
0.2%
|
1
|
0.3%
|
23
|
0.2%
|
19
|
0.5%
|
54
|
0.3%
|
|
|
2,458
|
100.0%
|
10,704
|
100.0%
|
286
|
100.0%
|
10,990
|
100.0%
|
4,217
|
100.0%
|
17,665
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Gross loans and advances
(1) ECL and coverage
(continued)
30 September 2023
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
Cards
|
Loans
and overdrafts
|
Combined
|
Business (2)
|
Total(2)
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Stage 1
|
54,540
|
94.3%
|
4,658
|
76.5%
|
398
|
54.8%
|
5,056
|
74.2%
|
6,293
|
72.5%
|
65,889
|
89.9%
|
|
Stage 2 - total
|
2,704
|
4.7%
|
1,321
|
21.7%
|
321
|
44.3%
|
1,642
|
24.1%
|
1,980
|
22.8%
|
6,326
|
8.6%
|
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD
|
2,405
|
4.2%
|
1,250
|
20.5%
|
316
|
43.6%
|
1,566
|
23.0%
|
1,951
|
22.4%
|
5,922
|
8.1%
|
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD
|
98
|
0.2%
|
37
|
0.6%
|
2
|
0.3%
|
39
|
0.6%
|
14
|
0.2%
|
151
|
0.2%
|
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD
|
201
|
0.3%
|
34
|
0.6%
|
3
|
0.4%
|
37
|
0.5%
|
15
|
0.2%
|
253
|
0.3%
|
|
Stage 3(3)
|
553
|
1.0%
|
109
|
1.8%
|
7
|
0.9%
|
116
|
1.7%
|
411
|
4.7%
|
1,080
|
1.5%
|
|
|
57,797
|
100%
|
6,088
|
100%
|
726
|
100%
|
6,814
|
100%
|
8,684
|
100%
|
73,295
|
100%
|
|
ECLs (4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
13
|
22.6%
|
42
|
10.8%
|
4
|
12.1%
|
46
|
10.9%
|
30
|
22.6%
|
89
|
14.5%
|
|
Stage 2 - total
|
27
|
47.9%
|
294
|
74.9%
|
28
|
73.5%
|
322
|
74.8%
|
51
|
39.4%
|
400
|
64.7%
|
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD
|
23
|
42.0%
|
256
|
65.3%
|
25
|
67.1%
|
281
|
65.5%
|
51
|
39.2%
|
355
|
57.6%
|
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD
|
1
|
1.3%
|
17
|
4.3%
|
1
|
1.9%
|
18
|
4.1%
|
-
|
0.2%
|
19
|
3.0%
|
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD
|
3
|
4.6%
|
21
|
5.3%
|
2
|
4.5%
|
23
|
5.2%
|
-
|
-
|
26
|
4.1%
|
|
Stage 3(3)
|
17
|
29.5%
|
56
|
14.3%
|
5
|
14.4%
|
61
|
14.3%
|
50
|
38.0%
|
128
|
20.8%
|
|
|
57
|
100%
|
392
|
100%
|
37
|
100%
|
429
|
100%
|
131
|
100%
|
617
|
100%
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
|
0.02%
|
|
0.98%
|
|
1.07%
|
|
0.99%
|
|
0.49%
|
|
0.13%
|
|
Stage 2 - total
|
|
0.99%
|
|
23.16%
|
|
8.16%
|
|
20.07%
|
|
2.66%
|
|
6.33%
|
|
Stage 2: 0 DPD
|
|
0.98%
|
|
21.31%
|
|
7.56%
|
|
18.38%
|
|
2.67%
|
|
6.02%
|
|
Stage 2: < 30 DPD
|
|
0.74%
|
|
48.66%
|
|
35.30%
|
|
47.94%
|
|
1.56%
|
|
12.19%
|
|
Stage 2: > 30 DPD
|
|
1.28%
|
|
64.90%
|
|
56.02%
|
|
64.16%
|
|
0.95%
|
|
10.38%
|
|
Stage 3(3)
|
|
3.03%
|
|
54.15%
|
|
77.16%
|
|
55.57%
|
|
19.76%
|
|
13.93%
|
|
|
|
0.10%
|
|
6.88%
|
|
4.88%
|
|
6.65%
|
|
1.60%
|
|
0.84%
|
|
Undrawn exposures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
2,560
|
95.4%
|
10,493
|
96.2%
|
280
|
82.1%
|
10,773
|
95.8%
|
3,453
|
84.7%
|
16,786
|
93.3%
|
|
Stage 2
|
114
|
4.2%
|
387
|
3.6%
|
60
|
17.6%
|
447
|
4.0%
|
597
|
14.7%
|
1,158
|
6.4%
|
|
Stage 3
|
11
|
0.4%
|
21
|
0.2%
|
1
|
0.3%
|
22
|
0.2%
|
23
|
0.6%
|
56
|
0.3%
|
|
|
2,685
|
100%
|
10,901
|
100%
|
341
|
100%
|
11,242
|
100%
|
4,073
|
100%
|
18,000
|
100%
|
|
(1)
|
Excludes loans designated at
FVTPL, balances due from customers on acceptances, accrued interest
and deferred and unamortised fee income.
|
|
(2)
|
Business and total coverage ratio
excludes the guaranteed element of government-backed
loans.
|
|
(3)
|
Stage 3 includes purchased or
originated credit impaired (POCI) for gross loans and advances of
£39m for Mortgages and £1m for Unsecured (30 September 2023: £48m
and £1m respectively); and ECL of (£1m) for Mortgages and (£1m) for
Unsecured (30 September 2023: (£1m) and (£1m)
respectively).
|
|
(4)
|
Includes £4m ECL held for
off-balance sheet exposures (30 September
2023: £5m), of which £1m (30 September
2023: £1m) is held under Stage 1 and £3m (30 September 2023: £4m) under Stage 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit quality of loans and advances
(continued)
Stage 2 balances
There can be a number of reasons
that require a financial asset to be subject to a Stage 2 lifetime
ECL calculation other than reaching the 30 DPD backstop. The
following table highlights the relevant trigger points leading to a
financial asset being classed as Stage 2:
30 September 2024
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
Cards(3)
|
Loans and
overdrafts
|
Combined
|
Business
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
PD deterioration
|
1,390
|
56%
|
465
|
49%
|
247
|
99%
|
712
|
60%
|
713
|
44%
|
2,815
|
53%
|
Forbearance
|
98
|
4%
|
15
|
2%
|
-
|
-
|
15
|
1%
|
308
|
19%
|
421
|
8%
|
AFD or Watch List
(1)
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
574
|
36%
|
575
|
11%
|
> 30 DPD
|
251
|
10%
|
30
|
3%
|
2
|
1%
|
32
|
3%
|
11
|
1%
|
294
|
6%
|
Other (2)
|
737
|
30%
|
436
|
46%
|
-
|
-
|
436
|
36%
|
-
|
-
|
1,173
|
22%
|
|
2,477
|
100%
|
946
|
100%
|
249
|
100%
|
1,195
|
100%
|
1,606
|
100%
|
5,278
|
100%
|
ECLs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD deterioration
|
7
|
32%
|
105
|
43%
|
20
|
95%
|
125
|
48%
|
11
|
29%
|
143
|
44%
|
Forbearance
|
2
|
9%
|
5
|
2%
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
2%
|
10
|
26%
|
17
|
5%
|
AFD or Watch List
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
17
|
45%
|
17
|
5%
|
> 30 DPD
|
11
|
50%
|
19
|
8%
|
1
|
5%
|
20
|
8%
|
-
|
-
|
31
|
10%
|
Other (2)
|
2
|
9%
|
113
|
47%
|
-
|
-
|
113
|
42%
|
-
|
-
|
115
|
36%
|
|
22
|
100%
|
242
|
100%
|
21
|
100%
|
263
|
100%
|
38
|
100%
|
323
|
100%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Mortgages
|
Cards
|
Loans
and overdrafts
|
Combined
|
Business
|
Total
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
PD deterioration
|
1,739
|
65%
|
777
|
59%
|
317
|
99%
|
1,094
|
67%
|
1,229
|
62%
|
4,062
|
64%
|
Forbearance
|
81
|
3%
|
16
|
1%
|
1
|
-
|
17
|
1%
|
281
|
14%
|
379
|
6%
|
AFD or Watch List
(1)
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
455
|
23%
|
456
|
7%
|
> 30 DPD
|
201
|
7%
|
34
|
3%
|
3
|
1%
|
37
|
2%
|
15
|
1%
|
253
|
4%
|
Other (2)
|
682
|
25%
|
494
|
37%
|
-
|
-
|
494
|
30%
|
-
|
-
|
1,176
|
19%
|
|
2,704
|
100%
|
1,321
|
100%
|
321
|
100%
|
1,642
|
100%
|
1,980
|
100%
|
6,326
|
100%
|
ECLs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PD deterioration
|
18
|
67%
|
143
|
49%
|
26
|
93%
|
169
|
52%
|
23
|
45%
|
210
|
52%
|
Forbearance
|
3
|
11%
|
5
|
2%
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
2%
|
14
|
28%
|
22
|
6%
|
AFD or Watch List
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
14
|
27%
|
14
|
4%
|
> 30 DPD
|
3
|
11%
|
21
|
7%
|
2
|
7%
|
23
|
7%
|
-
|
-
|
26
|
7%
|
Other (2)
|
3
|
11%
|
125
|
42%
|
-
|
-
|
125
|
39%
|
-
|
-
|
128
|
31%
|
|
27
|
100%
|
294
|
100%
|
28
|
100%
|
322
|
100%
|
51
|
100%
|
400
|
100%
|
(1)
|
Approaching Financial Difficulty
(AFD) and Watch markers are early warning indicators of Business
customers who may be approaching financial difficulties. If these
indicators are not reversed, they may lead to a requirement for
more proactive management.
|
|
(2)
|
Other refers primarily to rules
using additional credit reference agency data as well as a number
of smaller value drivers.
|
|
(3)
|
During the period, changes to the
credit card SICR model, that removed the requirement for a
two-month probation before accounts could return to Stage 1 from
Stage 2 for non-forborne exposures, resulted in a reduced modelled
ECL in the credit cards portfolio by £31m.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Credit risk exposure and ECL, by internal PD rating, by IFRS
9 stage allocation
The distribution of the Group's
credit exposures and ECL by internal PD rating is analysed
below:
|
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
Total
|
30 September 2024
|
Lending
£m
|
ECL
£m
|
Lending £m
|
ECL
£m
|
Lending £m
|
ECL
£m
|
Lending £m
|
ECL
£m
|
Mortgages
|
PD range
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
0 - 0.74
|
50,750
|
4
|
1,283
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
52,033
|
5
|
Good
|
0.75 - 2.49
|
1,303
|
1
|
420
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
1,723
|
2
|
Satisfactory
|
2.50 - 99.99
|
317
|
2
|
774
|
20
|
-
|
-
|
1,091
|
22
|
Default
|
100
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
562
|
20
|
562
|
20
|
Total
|
|
52,370
|
7
|
2,477
|
22
|
562
|
20
|
55,409
|
49
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
0 - 2.49
|
4,795
|
38
|
16
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
4,811
|
39
|
Good
|
2.50 - 9.99
|
1,061
|
37
|
720
|
105
|
-
|
-
|
1,781
|
142
|
Satisfactory
|
10.00 - 99.99
|
5
|
1
|
459
|
157
|
-
|
-
|
464
|
158
|
Default
|
100
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
141
|
73
|
141
|
73
|
Total
|
|
5,861
|
76
|
1,195
|
263
|
141
|
73
|
7,197
|
412
|
Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
0 - 0.74
|
2,528
|
2
|
150
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
2,678
|
2
|
Good
|
0.75 - 9.99
|
4,740
|
23
|
1,307
|
27
|
-
|
-
|
6,047
|
50
|
Satisfactory
|
10.00 - 99.99
|
8
|
-
|
149
|
11
|
-
|
-
|
157
|
11
|
Default
|
100
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
452
|
82
|
452
|
82
|
Total
|
|
7,276
|
25
|
1,606
|
38
|
452
|
82
|
9,334
|
145
|
|
|
|
Stage
1
|
Stage
2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
Total
|
30 September 2023
|
Lending
£m
|
ECL
£m
|
Lending
£m
|
ECL
£m
|
Lending
£m
|
ECL
£m
|
Lending
£m
|
ECL
£m
|
Mortgages
|
PD range
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
0 - 0.74
|
52,612
|
8
|
1,355
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
53,967
|
10
|
Good
|
0.75 - 2.49
|
1,540
|
2
|
553
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
2,093
|
5
|
Satisfactory
|
2.50 - 99.99
|
388
|
3
|
796
|
22
|
-
|
-
|
1,184
|
25
|
Default
|
100
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
553
|
17
|
553
|
17
|
Total
|
|
54,540
|
13
|
2,704
|
27
|
553
|
17
|
57,797
|
57
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
0 - 2.49
|
4,443
|
29
|
123
|
12
|
-
|
-
|
4,566
|
41
|
Good
|
2.50 - 9.99
|
607
|
16
|
1,063
|
148
|
-
|
-
|
1,670
|
164
|
Satisfactory
|
10.00 - 99.99
|
6
|
1
|
456
|
162
|
-
|
-
|
462
|
163
|
Default
|
100
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
116
|
61
|
116
|
61
|
Total
|
|
5,056
|
46
|
1,642
|
322
|
116
|
61
|
6,814
|
429
|
Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong
|
0 - 0.74
|
1,860
|
2
|
158
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
2,018
|
2
|
Good
|
0.75 - 9.99
|
4,360
|
27
|
1,441
|
30
|
-
|
-
|
5,801
|
57
|
Satisfactory
|
10.00 - 99.99
|
73
|
1
|
381
|
21
|
-
|
-
|
454
|
22
|
Default
|
100
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
411
|
50
|
411
|
50
|
Total
|
|
6,293
|
30
|
1,980
|
51
|
411
|
50
|
8,684
|
131
|
(1)
|
Stage 3 includes POCI for gross
lending of £39m for Mortgages and £1m for Unsecured (30 September
2023: £48m and £1m respectively); and ECL of (£1m) for Mortgages
and (£1m) for Unsecured (30 September 2023: (£1m) and (£1m)
respectively).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In terms of the credit quality of
the loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, 96% is
classified as either 'Good' or 'Strong' under the Group's internal
PD rating scale (30 September 2023: 96%) and the level of default
remaining low.
The improvements to the profile of
the PD groupings has been predominantly driven by the updates to
model economic scenarios (MES).
Risk management
Credit risk
IFRS 9 staging
The following
table shows the changes in the loss allowance and gross carrying
value of the portfolios. Values are calculated using the individual
customer account balances, and the stage allocation is taken as at
the end of each month. The monthly position of each account is
aggregated to report a net closing position for the period, thereby
incorporating all movements an account has made during the
period.
12 months to 30 September 2024
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
Total gross
loans
£m
|
Total
provisions
£m
|
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Income statement
£m
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023
|
65,889
|
89
|
6,326
|
400
|
1,080
|
128
|
73,295
|
617
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(6,934)
|
(53)
|
6,907
|
412
|
-
|
-
|
(27)
|
359
|
359
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
5,881
|
54
|
(5,985)
|
(340)
|
-
|
-
|
(104)
|
(286)
|
(286)
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(85)
|
(1)
|
(679)
|
(152)
|
769
|
177
|
5
|
24
|
24
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
70
|
1
|
162
|
11
|
(249)
|
(11)
|
(17)
|
1
|
1
|
Net movement
|
(1,068)
|
1
|
405
|
(69)
|
520
|
166
|
(143)
|
98
|
98
|
New assets originated or purchased
(2)
|
20,091
|
91
|
700
|
47
|
300
|
46
|
21,091
|
184
|
184
|
Repayments and other movements
(3)
|
(3,071)
|
1
|
(612)
|
13
|
191
|
(8)
|
(3,492)
|
6
|
6
|
Repaid or derecognised
(3)
|
(16,334)
|
(74)
|
(1,541)
|
(68)
|
(696)
|
(187)
|
(18,571)
|
(329)
|
(329)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(240)
|
(240)
|
(240)
|
(240)
|
-
|
Cash recoveries
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
52
|
-
|
52
|
-
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
218
|
-
|
218
|
218
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024
|
65,507
|
108
|
5,278
|
323
|
1,155
|
175
|
71,940
|
606
|
177
|
12 months to 30 September
2023
|
Stage
1
|
Stage
2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
Total
gross loans
£m
|
Total
provisions
£m
|
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Income
statement £m
|
Opening balance at 1 October
2022
|
66,385
|
85
|
5,725
|
268
|
1,036
|
104
|
73,146
|
457
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(8,561)
|
(46)
|
8,535
|
414
|
-
|
-
|
(26)
|
368
|
368
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
6,077
|
16
|
(6,125)
|
(129)
|
-
|
-
|
(48)
|
(113)
|
(113)
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(96)
|
-
|
(586)
|
(109)
|
686
|
138
|
4
|
29
|
29
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
121
|
-
|
134
|
8
|
(266)
|
(10)
|
(11)
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
|
Net movement
|
(2,459)
|
(30)
|
1,958
|
184
|
420
|
128
|
(81)
|
282
|
282
|
|
New assets originated or purchased
(2)
|
20,489
|
57
|
629
|
44
|
161
|
34
|
21,279
|
135
|
135
|
|
Repayments and other movements
(3)
|
(2,990)
|
12
|
(558)
|
(22)
|
140
|
(4)
|
(3,408)
|
(14)
|
(14)
|
|
Repaid or derecognised
(3)
|
(15,536)
|
(35)
|
(1,428)
|
(74)
|
(490)
|
(127)
|
(17,454)
|
(236)
|
(236)
|
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(187)
|
(187)
|
(187)
|
(187)
|
-
|
|
Cash recoveries
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
38
|
-
|
38
|
-
|
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
142
|
-
|
142
|
142
|
|
Closing balance at 30 September
2023
|
65,889
|
89
|
6,326
|
400
|
1,080
|
128
|
73,295
|
617
|
309
|
|
(1)
|
Stage 3 includes POCI for gross
loans and advances of £39m for Mortgages and £1m for Unsecured (30
September 2023: £48m and £1m respectively), and ECL of (£1m) for
Mortgages and (£1m) for Unsecured (30 September 2023: (£1m) and
(£1m) respectively). Nil for Business in both periods.
|
|
(2)
|
Includes assets where the term has
ended, and a new facility has been provided.
|
|
(3)
|
'Repayments' comprises payments made
on customer lending which are not yet fully paid at the reporting
date and the customer arrangement remains live at that date.
'Repaid' refers to payments made on customer lending which is
either fully repaid or derecognised by the reporting date and the
customer arrangement is therefore closed at that date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The IFRS 9 staging movements are
driven by a variety of factors at individual product portfolio
levels, with further detail provided in the following portfolio
performance pages. Overall, the portfolio movements across staging
show an improving trend with a net increase in the proportion held
in Stage 1, and reduction in Stage 2. Updates to the macroeconomic
assumptions used in the Group's IFRS 9 modelling, the SICR model
changes in the unsecured portfolio and generally improved customer
account performance all contribute to this. The level of write offs
in the current 12 month period is higher than the prior 12 month
period and has been primarily driven from the credit card
portfolio, in addition to a small number of individually
significant business write offs. Overall the levels of default
across the portfolio remain low.
The contractual amount outstanding
on loans and advances that were written off during the reporting
period and still subject to enforcement activity was £7m (30
September 2023: £5m). The Group has not purchased any lending
assets in the period (30 September 2023: none). Further information
on staging profile is provided at a portfolio level in the
respective portfolio performance section on the following
pages.
Risk
management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance
The table below presents key
information which is important for understanding the asset quality
of the Group's Mortgage portfolio and should be read in conjunction
with the supplementary data presented in the following pages of
this section.
Breakdown of Mortgage portfolio
|
Gross
lending
|
Modelled & IA
ECL
|
MA
|
Total ECL
|
Net
lending
|
Coverage
|
Average
LTV
|
30 September 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
%
|
Residential - capital
repayment
|
33,537
|
11
|
5
|
16
|
33,521
|
0.05%
|
55.6%
|
Residential - interest
only
|
7,251
|
8
|
1
|
9
|
7,242
|
0.12%
|
48.9%
|
Buy-to-let (BTL)
|
14,621
|
8
|
16
|
24
|
14,597
|
0.17%
|
54.6%
|
Total Mortgage portfolio
|
55,409
|
27
|
22
|
49
|
55,360
|
0.09%
|
54.6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential - capital
repayment
|
35,085
|
10
|
5
|
15
|
35,070
|
0.04%
|
54.2%
|
Residential - interest
only
|
7,503
|
8
|
1
|
9
|
7,494
|
0.12%
|
47.0%
|
BTL
|
15,209
|
7
|
26
|
33
|
15,176
|
0.21%
|
52.8%
|
Total Mortgage
portfolio
|
57,797
|
25
|
32
|
57
|
57,740
|
0.10%
|
52.9%
|
Mortgage lending reduced in the
period to £55.4bn (30 September 2023: £57.8bn) with lower demand
for new lending owing to the higher rate environment, stressed
affordability pressure and wider cost of living considerations,
being outpaced by repayments and redemptions. Interest rates remain
elevated as the Bank of England (BoE) look to steadily reduce the
rate of inflation towards their 2% target, however the BoE base
rate has reduced in the second half of the financial year, which
has slightly eased affordability pressures and prompted a partial
recovery in the housing market.
The portfolio continues to
evidence good underlying credit performance, with the majority
(98%) of lending not past due at the balance sheet date (30
September 2023: 98%), and 95% of loans held in Stage 1 (30
September 2023: 94%). The proportion of the portfolio rated Strong
or Good at the balance sheet date under the Group's internal PD
rating scale remains high at 97% (30 September 2023: 97%)
reflecting the quality of the portfolio.
Stage 3 balances have remained low
at 1.0% (30 September 2023: 1.0%) and 87% of the portfolio has an
LTV of less than 75% (30 September 2023: 91%), with the weighted
average LTV relatively stable in the period at 54.6% (30 September
2023: 52.9%).
All of these key metrics evidence
a high quality mortgage portfolio, with relatively low risk of
default, driven by sound lending decisions and underwriting
criteria.
Mortgage portfolio - interest rate profile
|
30 September
2024
|
30
September 2023
|
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
%
|
Fixed rate
|
50,408
|
91.0%
|
52,841
|
91.5%
|
Variable rate
|
3,194
|
5.7%
|
3,081
|
5.3%
|
Standard variable rate
(SVR)
|
1,807
|
3.3%
|
1,875
|
3.2%
|
Total
|
55,409
|
100.0%
|
57,797
|
100.0%
|
The Group is a signatory to the
Mortgage Charter introduced by the Government to support mortgage
customers impacted by higher mortgage interest rates and provide
help and support to those who are in financial difficulty. This
provides an option for borrowers who are up to date on their
mortgage payments to switch to interest only payments for a
six-month period. To date the number of customers requiring this
support has been low.
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance (continued)
Collateral
The quality of the Group's
Mortgage portfolio can be considered in terms of the average LTV of
the portfolio and the staging of the portfolio, as set out in the
following tables:
Average LTV of Mortgage portfolio by
staging
30 September 2024
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage
3(2)
|
Total
|
LTV (1)
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Less than 50%
|
20,177
|
39%
|
2
|
1,358
|
55%
|
3
|
247
|
44%
|
4
|
21,782
|
39%
|
9
|
50% to 75%
|
25,478
|
49%
|
3
|
977
|
40%
|
11
|
223
|
40%
|
5
|
26,678
|
48%
|
19
|
76% to 80%
|
2,731
|
5%
|
-
|
63
|
3%
|
2
|
25
|
4%
|
1
|
2,819
|
6%
|
3
|
81% to 85%
|
1,821
|
3%
|
1
|
33
|
1%
|
1
|
15
|
3%
|
1
|
1,869
|
3%
|
3
|
86% to 90%
|
1,484
|
3%
|
1
|
29
|
1%
|
1
|
16
|
3%
|
1
|
1,529
|
3%
|
3
|
91% to 95%
|
615
|
1%
|
-
|
11
|
-
|
1
|
12
|
2%
|
1
|
638
|
1%
|
2
|
96% to 100%
|
40
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
4
|
1%
|
1
|
45
|
-
|
1
|
Greater than 100%
|
24
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
3
|
20
|
3%
|
6
|
49
|
-
|
9
|
|
52,370
|
100%
|
7
|
2,477
|
100%
|
22
|
562
|
100%
|
20
|
55,409
|
100%
|
49
|
30 September 2023
|
Stage
1
|
Stage
2
|
Stage
3(2)
|
Total
|
LTV (1)
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Loans
£m
|
%
|
ECL
£m
|
Less than 50%
|
22,680
|
42%
|
4
|
1,551
|
58%
|
5
|
282
|
50%
|
2
|
24,513
|
42%
|
11
|
50% to 75%
|
26,913
|
49%
|
6
|
1,009
|
37%
|
14
|
203
|
37%
|
4
|
28,125
|
49%
|
24
|
76% to 80%
|
2,270
|
4%
|
1
|
81
|
3%
|
2
|
22
|
4%
|
1
|
2,373
|
4%
|
4
|
81% to 85%
|
1,408
|
3%
|
1
|
33
|
1%
|
1
|
13
|
2%
|
1
|
1,454
|
3%
|
3
|
86% to 90%
|
992
|
2%
|
-
|
23
|
1%
|
-
|
9
|
2%
|
1
|
1,024
|
2%
|
1
|
91% to 95%
|
236
|
-
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
11
|
2%
|
1
|
250
|
-
|
1
|
96% to 100%
|
8
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
-
|
1
|
3
|
1%
|
-
|
13
|
-
|
1
|
Greater than 100%
|
33
|
-
|
1
|
2
|
-
|
4
|
10
|
2%
|
7
|
45
|
-
|
12
|
|
54,540
|
100%
|
13
|
2,704
|
100%
|
27
|
553
|
100%
|
17
|
57,797
|
100%
|
57
|
(1)
|
LTV of
the Mortgage portfolio is defined as Mortgage portfolio weighted by balance. The portfolio is indexed using the MIAC Acadametrics indices
at a given date.
|
(2)
|
Stage 3
includes £39m (30
September 2023: £48m) of
POCI gross loans and advances and (£1m) ECL (30 September
2023: (£1m)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Mortgage portfolio remains
highly secured with 87% of mortgages, by loan value, having an
indexed LTV of less than 75% (30 September 2023: 91%), and an
average portfolio LTV of 54.6% (30 September 2023: 52.9%). The
introduction of a new 2 year fixed 95% product together with
increased lending to first time buyers in the period have driven
the higher value of lending in the 91% to 95% range. The total
portfolio has reduced by 4.3% with the highest reduction by
proportion in Stage 2 and value in Stage 1.
Forbearance
The volume and value of loans in
forbearance has changed in the period to 3,701/£522m from
3,801/£498m at 30 September 2023. This remains a primary measure of
early intervention and support that customers use to find breathing
space and make good choices towards the most favourable
outcome.
When all other avenues of
resolution, including forbearance, have been explored, the Group
will take steps to repossess and sell underlying collateral. In the
12 month period to 30 September 2024, there were 86 repossessions
(30 September 2023: 55). The Group remains committed to supporting
the customer and places good customer outcomes at the centre of
this strategy.
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance (continued)
IFRS 9 staging
The Group closely monitors the
staging profile of the Mortgage portfolio over time which can be
indicative of general trends in book health. Movements in the
staging profile of the portfolio in the current and prior period
are presented in the tables below.
|
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
|
|
|
|
12 months to 30 September 2024
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Total
gross
loans
£m
|
Total
provisions
£m
|
Income statement
£m
|
Opening balance at 1 October
2023
|
54,540
|
13
|
2,704
|
27
|
553
|
17
|
57,797
|
57
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(3,914)
|
(4)
|
3,892
|
38
|
-
|
-
|
(22)
|
34
|
34
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
3,466
|
3
|
(3,491)
|
(31)
|
-
|
-
|
(25)
|
(28)
|
(28)
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(46)
|
-
|
(297)
|
(11)
|
342
|
9
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
60
|
1
|
107
|
10
|
(176)
|
(5)
|
(9)
|
6
|
6
|
Net movement
|
(434)
|
-
|
211
|
6
|
166
|
4
|
(57)
|
10
|
10
|
New assets originated or purchased
(2)
|
5,578
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
5,579
|
2
|
2
|
Repayments and other movements
(3)
|
(2,444)
|
(6)
|
(109)
|
(7)
|
(13)
|
10
|
(2,566)
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
Repaid or derecognised
(3)
|
(4,870)
|
(2)
|
(329)
|
(4)
|
(142)
|
(5)
|
(5,341)
|
(11)
|
(11)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
-
|
Individually assessed impairment
release(4)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(3)
|
-
|
(3)
|
(3)
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024
|
52,370
|
7
|
2,477
|
22
|
562
|
20
|
55,409
|
49
|
(5)
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential - capital repayment
|
31,994
|
3
|
1,272
|
6
|
271
|
7
|
33,537
|
16
|
|
Residential - interest only
|
6,483
|
-
|
590
|
2
|
178
|
7
|
7,251
|
9
|
|
BTL
|
13,893
|
4
|
615
|
14
|
113
|
6
|
14,621
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage
1
|
Stage
2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
|
|
|
12 months to 30 September
2023
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Total
gross
loans
£m
|
Total
provisions
£m
|
Income
statement
£m
|
Opening balance at 1 October
2022
|
54,791
|
10
|
3,090
|
32
|
583
|
14
|
58,464
|
56
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(5,237)
|
(3)
|
5,203
|
63
|
-
|
-
|
(34)
|
60
|
60
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
4,827
|
1
|
(4,852)
|
(49)
|
-
|
-
|
(25)
|
(48)
|
(48)
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(58)
|
-
|
(273)
|
(5)
|
328
|
7
|
(3)
|
2
|
2
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
112
|
-
|
104
|
7
|
(222)
|
(3)
|
(6)
|
4
|
4
|
Net movement
|
(356)
|
(2)
|
182
|
16
|
106
|
4
|
(68)
|
18
|
18
|
New assets originated or purchased
(2)
|
8,372
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
8,372
|
2
|
2
|
Repayments and other movements
(3)
|
(2,366)
|
4
|
(99)
|
(15)
|
(9)
|
3
|
(2,474)
|
(8)
|
(8)
|
Repaid or derecognised
(3)
|
(5,901)
|
(1)
|
(469)
|
(6)
|
(126)
|
(3)
|
(6,496)
|
(10)
|
(10)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
-
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Closing balance at 30 September
2023
|
54,540
|
13
|
2,704
|
27
|
553
|
17
|
57,797
|
57
|
2
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential - capital repayment
|
33,328
|
3
|
1,489
|
6
|
268
|
6
|
35,085
|
15
|
|
Residential - interest only
|
6,651
|
1
|
657
|
2
|
195
|
6
|
7,503
|
9
|
|
BTL
|
14,561
|
9
|
558
|
19
|
90
|
5
|
15,209
|
33
|
|
(1)
|
Stage 3 includes POCI for gross
loans and advances of £39m and ECL of (£1m) (30 September 2023:
£48m and (£1m) respectively).
|
(2)
|
Includes assets where the term has
ended, and a new facility has been provided.
|
(3)
|
'Repayments' comprises payments made
on customer lending which are not yet fully paid at the reporting
date and the customer arrangement remains live at that date.
'Repaid' refers to payments made on customer lending, which is
either fully repaid or derecognised by the reporting date and the
customer arrangement is therefore closed at that date.
|
(4)
|
During the period the Group
implemented an updated valuation and calculated provision process,
a new MA has been introduced to reflect this policy while upstream
processes are adapted. Further details are shown on page
39.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Mortgage credit performance (continued)
The Mortgage portfolio continues
to evidence strong performance with levels of delinquency and
impairment remaining relatively low.
The level of mortgage lending
classed as Stage 1 increased to 94.5% (30 September 2023: 94.3%),
with a decrease in assets in Stage 2 from 4.7% to 4.5%. Within the
Stage 2 category, 86% is not yet past due at the balance sheet date
(30 September 2023: 89%). The proportion of mortgages classified as
Stage 3 remains modest at 1.0% (30 September 2023: 1.0%). The net
movements across the stages show reductions, primarily in the Stage
2 and 3 portfolios, driven by an improving macroeconomic outlook
and successful outcomes in either restoring customers to fully
performing or resuming satisfactory repayment schedules, as the
Group remains committed to the delivery of good customer
outcomes.
The sustained quality in the
internal PD ratings and high quality of collateral underpinning the
book are key factors in an impairment release of £5m in the period
(12 months to 30 September 2023: charge of £2m) and associated CoR
of (1) bps (12 months to 30 September 2023: Nil bps). Provision
coverage has remained relatively stable in
the period at 9bps (30 September 2023: 10bps).
Unsecured credit performance
The table below presents key
information which is important for understanding the asset quality
of the Group's Unsecured lending portfolio and should be read in
conjunction with the supplementary data presented in the following
pages of this section.
Breakdown of Unsecured portfolio
|
Gross
lending
|
Modelled
ECL
|
MA
|
Total ECL
|
Net
lending
|
Coverage
|
30 September 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
Credit cards
|
6,645
|
337
|
45
|
382
|
6,263
|
6.06%
|
Personal loans
|
524
|
28
|
(1)
|
27
|
497
|
5.03%
|
Overdrafts
|
28
|
3
|
-
|
3
|
25
|
14.34%
|
Total Unsecured lending portfolio
|
7,197
|
368
|
44
|
412
|
6,785
|
6.02%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards
|
6,088
|
364
|
28
|
392
|
5,696
|
6.88%
|
Personal loans
|
699
|
32
|
1
|
33
|
666
|
4.59%
|
Overdrafts
|
27
|
4
|
-
|
4
|
23
|
11.62%
|
Total Unsecured lending
portfolio
|
6,814
|
400
|
29
|
429
|
6,385
|
6.65%
|
Unsecured gross lending balances
increased to £7.2bn (30 September 2023: £6.8bn) with underlying
growth in the credit card portfolio offset by repayments in the
personal loan portfolio.
The overall credit quality of the
Unsecured portfolio is stabilising. In the six months ended 30
September 2024, credit card arrears has gradually improved,
however, remains elevated reflecting the ongoing maturation and
diversification into higher risk segments. The proportion of the
portfolio classed as Stage 1 or Stage 2 not past due is 97% (30
September 2023: 97%), with 92% of the portfolio rated Strong or
Good at the balance sheet date under the Group's internal PD rating
scale (30 September 2023: 92%).
Stage 3 balances have remained low
at 2.0% (30 September 2023: 1.7%). The value of credit cards
written off in the period, net of recoveries, was £168m (12 months
to 30 September 2023: £116m).
During the period, the Group
reviewed the existing staging approach for credit cards in the
Unsecured portfolio which focused on the triggers that move
exposures from Stage 1 (requiring a 12-month ECL calculation) to
Stage 2 (requiring a lifetime ECL calculation) and removed the
requirement for a two-month probation period before accounts could
return to Stage 1 from Stage 2 for non-forborne exposures. The
overall impact of these changes has been a
reduction of £31m in the modelled ECL in the
Unsecured portfolio. This has been partially offset by the ECL
attributable to the credit card portfolio growth.
Overall, coverage reduced to
602bps (30 September 2023: 665bps).
Forbearance
The level of forbearance
concessions agreed in the Unsecured portfolio, particularly in
credit cards, has increased in line with a significantly growing
portfolio, diversification and elevated arrears, although remains
relatively low in proportion at 1.88% of the total portfolio
lending at 30 September 2024 (30 September 2023: 1.42%).
The level of impairment coverage on forborne
lending has remained stable at 46% (30 September 2023:
46%).
Risk management
Credit risk
Unsecured credit performance (continued)
Credit cards forbearance totalled
£122m (30,598 accounts), an increase from the 30 September 2023
position of £90m (22,206 accounts) reflective of the portfolio
growth and diversification strategy. This represents 1.96% of total
credit cards balances (30 September 2023: 1.56%).
Limited forbearance is exercised
in relation to Personal loans and overdrafts, and remains
relatively stable at £1m (30 September 2024: £2m) which equates to
0.36% of the portfolio (30 September 2023: £2m, 0.51%).
IFRS 9 staging
The Group closely monitors the
staging profile of its Unsecured lending portfolio over time which
can be indicative of general trends in book health. Movements in
the staging profile of the portfolio in the current and prior
period are presented in the tables below:
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
|
Total
provisions
£m
|
Income
statement
£m
|
12 months to 30 September 2024
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Total
gross
loans
£m
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023
|
5,056
|
46
|
1,642
|
322
|
116
|
61
|
6,814
|
429
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(1,779)
|
(45)
|
1,785
|
352
|
-
|
-
|
6
|
307
|
307
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
1,560
|
47
|
(1,639)
|
(293)
|
-
|
-
|
(79)
|
(246)
|
(246)
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(22)
|
-
|
(233)
|
(133)
|
261
|
157
|
6
|
24
|
24
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
(3)
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
Net movement
|
(241)
|
2
|
(86)
|
(74)
|
257
|
153
|
(70)
|
81
|
81
|
New assets originated or purchased
(2)
|
1,307
|
11
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
2
|
1,309
|
13
|
13
|
Repayments and other movements
(3)
|
(42)
|
20
|
(315)
|
28
|
206
|
(8)
|
(151)
|
40
|
40
|
Repaid or derecognised
(3)
|
(219)
|
(3)
|
(46)
|
(13)
|
(218)
|
(135)
|
(483)
|
(151)
|
(151)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(222)
|
(222)
|
(222)
|
(222)
|
-
|
Cash recoveries
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
51
|
-
|
51
|
-
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
171
|
-
|
171
|
171
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024
|
5,861
|
76
|
1,195
|
263
|
141
|
73
|
7,197
|
412
|
154
|
12 months to 30 September
2023
|
Stage
1
|
Stage
2
|
Stage
3(1)
|
|
Total
provisions
£m
|
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Total
gross
loans
£m
|
Income
statement
£m
|
Opening balance at 1 October
2022
|
5,324
|
63
|
1,109
|
181
|
80
|
40
|
6,513
|
284
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(1,621)
|
(39)
|
1,642
|
320
|
-
|
-
|
21
|
281
|
281
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
590
|
13
|
(608)
|
(69)
|
-
|
-
|
(18)
|
(56)
|
(56)
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(15)
|
-
|
(179)
|
(100)
|
200
|
121
|
6
|
21
|
21
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
(5)
|
(5)
|
(4)
|
(5)
|
(5)
|
|
Net movement
|
(1,046)
|
(26)
|
856
|
151
|
195
|
116
|
5
|
241
|
241
|
|
New assets originated or purchased
(2)
|
1,101
|
12
|
1
|
-
|
2
|
2
|
1,104
|
14
|
14
|
|
Repayments and other movements
(3)
|
(97)
|
-
|
(282)
|
2
|
152
|
(6)
|
(227)
|
(4)
|
(4)
|
|
Repaid or derecognised
(3)
|
(226)
|
(3)
|
(42)
|
(12)
|
(152)
|
(91)
|
(420)
|
(106)
|
(106)
|
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(161)
|
(161)
|
(161)
|
(161)
|
-
|
|
Cash recoveries
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
37
|
-
|
37
|
-
|
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
124
|
-
|
124
|
124
|
|
Closing balance at 30 September
2023
|
5,056
|
46
|
1,642
|
322
|
116
|
61
|
6,814
|
429
|
269
|
|
(1)
|
Stage 3 includes POCI for gross
loans and advances of £1m and ECL of (£1m) (30 September 2023: £1m
and (£2m) respectively).
|
(2)
|
Includes assets where the term has
ended, and a new facility has been provided.
|
(3)
|
'Repayments' comprises payments
made on customer lending which are not yet fully paid at the
reporting date and the customer arrangement remains live at that
date. 'Repaid' refers to payments made on customer lending which is
either fully repaid or derecognised by the reporting date and the
customer arrangement is therefore closed at that date.
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Unsecured credit performance (continued)
The changes to the credit card
SICR model that removed the requirement for a two-month probation,
is the primary driver of the increase in the balance of Unsecured
lending classed as Stage 1 to 81.4% (30 September 2023: 74.2%),
with a corresponding decrease in assets in Stage 2 from 24.1% to
16.6%. Within the Stage 2 category, 95.0% is not past due (30
September 2023: 95.4%). The proportion classified as Stage 3
increased slightly to 2.0% (30 September 2023: 1.7%).
The level of write offs in the
Unsecured portfolio has increased slightly, commensurate with a
growing portfolio, with an increase in the volume of credit card
balances reaching 180 DPD the primary driver, although the level of
post write off recoveries remains good. The value of fraud losses
has increased from £6m to £12m, although remains modest in context
to the portfolio size. The total ECL held on balance sheet has
decreased from £429m at 30 September 2023 to £412m at 30 September
2024 with the improved economic outlook and the removal of the
staging probation period the primary drivers. Modelled provision
coverage, excluding MAs, is 510bps (30 September 2023:
589bps).
The total Unsecured impairment
charge in the period is £154m (12 months to 30 September 2023:
£269m), which is net of an individually assessed charge of £171m
(12 months to 30 September 2023: £124m). The associated CoR is
230bps (12 months to 30 September 2023: 430bps).
The total provision coverage has
reduced to 602bps (30 September 2023: 665bps).
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance
The table below presents key
information which is important for understanding the asset quality
of the Group's Business lending portfolio and should be read in
conjunction with the supplementary data presented in the following
pages of this section.
Breakdown of Business portfolio
|
Gross
lending
|
Govern-ment
(1)
|
Total
gross
|
Model-led & IA
ECL
|
MA
|
Total ECL
|
Net
lending
|
Cover-age
(2)
|
|
30 September 2024
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
|
Agriculture
|
1,393
|
33
|
1,426
|
5
|
-
|
5
|
1,421
|
0.39%
|
|
Business services
|
1,079
|
163
|
1,242
|
45
|
1
|
46
|
1,196
|
4.14%
|
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
838
|
3
|
841
|
5
|
-
|
5
|
836
|
0.67%
|
|
Government, health &
education
|
1,554
|
28
|
1,582
|
9
|
-
|
9
|
1,573
|
0.61%
|
|
Hospitality
|
882
|
48
|
930
|
3
|
-
|
3
|
927
|
0.38%
|
|
Manufacturing
|
661
|
53
|
714
|
20
|
1
|
21
|
693
|
3.12%
|
|
Resources
|
164
|
4
|
168
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
167
|
0.77%
|
|
Retail and wholesale
trade
|
790
|
103
|
893
|
20
|
1
|
21
|
872
|
2.65%
|
|
Transport and storage
|
369
|
23
|
392
|
5
|
-
|
5
|
387
|
1.27%
|
|
Utilities, post and
telecoms
|
501
|
7
|
508
|
6
|
-
|
6
|
502
|
1.30%
|
|
Other
|
530
|
108
|
638
|
21
|
2
|
23
|
615
|
3.55%
|
|
Total Business portfolio
|
8,761
|
573
|
9,334
|
140
|
5
|
145
|
9,189
|
1.61%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture
|
1,315
|
46
|
1,361
|
4
|
1
|
5
|
1,356
|
0.35%
|
|
Business services
|
1,153
|
212
|
1,365
|
38
|
3
|
41
|
1,324
|
3.45%
|
|
Commercial Real Estate
|
715
|
4
|
719
|
5
|
1
|
6
|
713
|
0.72%
|
|
Government, health &
education
|
1,200
|
38
|
1,238
|
9
|
2
|
11
|
1,227
|
0.85%
|
|
Hospitality
|
779
|
60
|
839
|
3
|
1
|
4
|
835
|
0.50%
|
|
Manufacturing
|
669
|
77
|
746
|
17
|
3
|
20
|
726
|
2.87%
|
|
Resources
|
160
|
5
|
165
|
2
|
-
|
2
|
163
|
1.65%
|
|
Retail and wholesale
trade
|
758
|
145
|
903
|
19
|
2
|
21
|
882
|
2.72%
|
|
Transport and storage
|
290
|
32
|
322
|
4
|
-
|
4
|
318
|
1.47%
|
|
Utilities, post and
telecoms
|
376
|
11
|
387
|
4
|
1
|
5
|
382
|
1.22%
|
|
Other
|
501
|
138
|
639
|
11
|
1
|
12
|
627
|
2.36%
|
|
Total Business
portfolio
|
7,916
|
768
|
8,684
|
116
|
15
|
131
|
8,553
|
1.60%
|
|
(1)
|
Government includes all lending
provided to business customers under UK Government schemes
including Bounce back loan scheme (BBLS), Coronavirus business
interruption loan scheme (CBILS), Coronavirus large business
interruption loan scheme (CLBILS) and Recovery loan scheme (RLS).
This excludes £186m (30 September 2023: £143m) of guarantee claim
funds received from British Business Bank.
|
(2)
|
Coverage ratio excludes the
guaranteed element of government-backed loan schemes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance (continued)
Gross Business lending increased
to £9.3bn (30 September 2023: £8.7bn). The government-guaranteed
lending portfolio continues to reduce as borrowers repay balances.
These schemes are closed to new applications and have been replaced
by the Growth Guarantee Scheme from 1 July 2024, this lending will
not be separately tracked and reported. Growth remains targeted to
sectors and sub sectors where we have well established expertise.
The sector mix remained stable with lending to the agriculture,
business services and government, health and education sectors
continuing to account for almost half of the total book, at 46% (30
September 2023: 46%).
The proportion of loans in Stage 1
has increased from 72.5% at 30 September 2023 to 78.0% at 30
September 2024, with a corresponding decrease in the proportion of
loans in Stage 2 to 17.2% (30 September 2023: 22.8%). Within the
Stage 2 category, 98.8% is not past due (30 September 2023: 98.5%)
Stage 3 loans remain modest at 4.8% (30 September 2023:
4.7%).
The PDs for Business lending
combine both internal ratings information and forward-looking
economic forecasts. The proportion of assets classed as 'Strong' or
'Good' has increased to 93% (30 September 2023: 90%) primarily due
to the improved outlook.
There has been no significant
deterioration in asset quality metrics across the portfolio
however, a small number of individually significant specific
provisions have been recognised increasing the value of IA held by
£35m to £60m at 30 September 2024. A range of external risks have
remained prevalent throughout the period including geopolitical,
general inflationary pressures, continued high interest rate
environment and ongoing supply chain distribution and labour market
disruption. However, the economic outlook is more favourable and
the updated macroeconomic inputs have resulted in a £23m release of
modelled provision.
Overall, portfolio coverage
remains prudent at 161bps (30 September 2023: 160bps).
Forbearance
Forbearance is considered to exist
where customers are experiencing, or about to experience, financial
difficulty and the Group grants a concession on a non-commercial
basis. The Group reports business forbearance at a customer level
and at a value which incorporates all facilities and the related
impairment allowance, irrespective of whether each individual
facility is subject to forbearance. Authority to grant forbearance
measures for business customers is held by the Group's Strategic
Business Services unit and is exercised, where appropriate, based
on detailed consideration of the customer's financial position and
prospects.
Where a customer is part of a
larger group, forbearance is exercised and reported across the
Group at the individual entity level. Where modification of the
terms and conditions of an exposure meeting the criteria for
classification as forbearance results in derecognition of loans and
advances from the balance sheet and the recognition of a new
exposure, the new exposure is treated as forborne.
Business portfolio forbearance has
remained relatively stable from £493m (291 customers) at 30
September 2023 to £517m (278 customers) at 30 September
2024.
As a percentage of the Business
portfolio, forborne balances are 5.27% (30 September 2023: 5.35%)
with impairment coverage increasing to 14.47% (30 September 2023:
9.14%), primarily due to individually assessed provisions
raised.
The majority of forbearance
arrangements relate to term extensions allowing customers a longer
term to repay their obligations in full.
All balances subject to
forbearance are classed as either Stage 2 or Stage 3 for ECL
purposes.
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance (continued)
IFRS 9 staging
The Group closely monitors the
staging profile of its Business lending portfolio over time which
can be indicative of general trends in book health. Movements in
the staging profile of the portfolio in the current and prior
period are presented in the tables below.
|
Stage 1
|
Stage 2
|
Stage
3(3)
|
|
|
Income
statement
£m
|
12 months to 30 September 2024
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Total
gross
loans
£m
|
Total
provisions(3)
£m
|
Opening balance at 1 October 2023
|
6,293
|
30
|
1,980
|
51
|
411
|
50
|
8,684
|
131
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(1,241)
|
(4)
|
1,230
|
22
|
-
|
-
|
(11)
|
18
|
18
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
855
|
4
|
(856)
|
(16)
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(12)
|
(12)
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(17)
|
-
|
(149)
|
(9)
|
166
|
11
|
-
|
2
|
2
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
10
|
-
|
55
|
1
|
(68)
|
(2)
|
(3)
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
Net movement
|
(393)
|
-
|
280
|
(2)
|
98
|
9
|
(15)
|
7
|
7
|
New assets originated or purchased
(1)
|
13,206
|
78
|
699
|
47
|
297
|
44
|
14,202
|
169
|
169
|
Repayments and other movements
(2)
|
(585)
|
(14)
|
(188)
|
(8)
|
(3)
|
(9)
|
(776)
|
(31)
|
(31)
|
Repaid or derecognised
(2)
|
(11,245)
|
(69)
|
(1,165)
|
(50)
|
(336)
|
(48)
|
(12,746)
|
(167)
|
(167)
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(15)
|
(15)
|
(15)
|
(15)
|
-
|
Cash recoveries
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
50
|
-
|
50
|
50
|
Closing balance at 30 September 2024
|
7,276
|
25
|
1,606
|
38
|
452
|
82
|
9,334
|
145
|
28
|
12 months to 30 September
2023
|
Stage
1
|
Stage
2
|
Stage
3(3)
|
|
Total
provisions(3)
£m
|
Income
statement
£m
|
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Gross
loans
£m
|
ecl
£m
|
Total
gross
loans
£m
|
|
Opening balance at 1 October
2022
|
6,270
|
12
|
1,526
|
55
|
373
|
50
|
8,169
|
117
|
|
|
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
2
|
(1,703)
|
(4)
|
1,689
|
31
|
-
|
-
|
(14)
|
27
|
27
|
|
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage
1
|
659
|
1
|
(666)
|
(11)
|
-
|
-
|
(7)
|
(10)
|
(10)
|
|
Transfers to Stage 3
|
(23)
|
-
|
(134)
|
(4)
|
158
|
10
|
1
|
6
|
6
|
|
Transfers from Stage 3
|
8
|
-
|
30
|
-
|
(40)
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
(2)
|
|
Net movement
|
(1,059)
|
(3)
|
919
|
16
|
118
|
8
|
(22)
|
21
|
21
|
|
New assets originated or purchased
(1)
|
11,017
|
43
|
627
|
44
|
159
|
32
|
11,803
|
119
|
119
|
|
Repayments and other movements
(2)
|
(526)
|
8
|
(174)
|
(8)
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(701)
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
Repaid or derecognised
(2)
|
(9,409)
|
(30)
|
(918)
|
(56)
|
(213)
|
(33)
|
(10,540)
|
(119)
|
(119)
|
|
Write-offs
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(25)
|
(25)
|
(25)
|
(25)
|
-
|
|
Cash recoveries
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
|
Individually assessed impairment
charge
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
18
|
-
|
18
|
18
|
|
Closing balance at 30 September
2023
|
6,293
|
30
|
1,980
|
51
|
411
|
50
|
8,684
|
131
|
38
|
|
(1)
|
Includes assets where the term has
ended, and a new facility has been provided.
|
(2)
|
'Repayments' comprises payments
made on customer lending which are not yet fully paid at the
reporting date and the customer arrangement remains live at that
date. 'Repaid' refers to payments made on customer lending which is
either fully repaid or derecognised by the reporting date and the
customer arrangement is therefore closed at that date.
|
(3)
|
This excludes £186m (30 September
2023: £143m) of guarantee claim funds received from British
Business Bank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The level of Business lending
classed as Stage 1 increased to 78.0% (30 September 2023: 72.5%),
with a corresponding decrease in Stage 2 from 22.8% at 30 September
2023 to 17.2% at 30 September 2024, primarily driven by an
improving macroeconomic outlook. The proportion of loans in Stage 2
and not past due remains high at 98.8% (30 September 2023: 98.5%).
The majority of the balances in Stage 2 are due to PD deterioration
since origination, however, there have been some PD improvements in
the period, in addition to proactive management measures such as
early intervention, heightened monitoring and forbearance
concessions. Stage 3 loans have remained relatively stable at 4.8%
(30 September 2023: 4.7%) and are predominantly comprised of fully
secured Bounce Back Loans.
Risk management
Credit risk
Business credit performance (continued)
The level of write offs in the
portfolio remains low, with a small number of customers driving the
majority of the £15m of balances written off in the period. The
level of provision recognition in the period has also remained
subdued on a volume basis, with a small number of individually
significant provisions driving the majority of the IA charge of
£50m in the period (30 September 2023: £18m).
Included within the Stage 3 ECL
provision of £82m are individually assessed balances of £60m (30
September 2023: £50m of Stage 3 ECL provision including £25m of
individually assessed balances). This results in an overall
provision of £145m (30 September 2023: £131m) and an impairment
charge of £28m in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023:
£38m) and associated CoR of 30bps (12
months to 30 September 2023: 44bps).
Macroeconomic assumptions, scenarios and
weightings
The Group's ECL allowance at 30
September 2024 was £606m (30 September 2023: £617m).
Macroeconomic assumptions
The Group engages Oxford Economics
to provide a wide range of future macroeconomic assumptions, which
are used in the scenarios over the five-year forecast period,
reflecting the best estimate of future conditions under each
scenario outcome. The macroeconomic assumptions were provided by
Oxford Economics on 28 August 2024 and changes in macroeconomic assumptions between
then and 30 September 2024 have been considered in concluding on
the quantum of MAs. The Group has identified the following key
macroeconomic drivers as the most significant inputs for IFRS 9
modelling purposes: UK GDP growth, inflation, house prices, base
rates, and unemployment rates. The external data provided is
assessed and reviewed on a quarterly basis to ensure
appropriateness and relevance to the ECL calculation, with more
frequent updates provided as and when the circumstances require
them. Further adjustments supplement the modelled output when it is
considered that not all the risks identified in a product segment
have been accurately reflected within the models or for other
situations where it is not possible to provide a modelled
outcome.
The base case scenario reflects an
upturn in economic data since August 2023, with GDP now forecast to
rise by 1.1%, up from 0.4% previously. However, with the new UK
Government indicating a tightening of fiscal policies following
their review of the public finances, the improvement is not
expected to carry forward into next year, leaving the outer years
of the forecast broadly unchanged.
While future fiscal policy remains
uncertain, the Bank of England's Monetary Policy Committee has
begun the process of loosening monetary policy with the first cut
of the base rate in August 2024. The latest forecast sees a steady
reduction in base rate down to the new floor of 2% by the end of
2027, the previous floor of 1.75% was reached in Q2 2028. Against
this backdrop, inflation is set to remain marginally above the
bank's target rate of 2%, higher than previous forecast.
Unemployment is also expected to peak slightly lower (4.4%) but
will take longer to return to the long term equilibrium rate
(3.75%), remaining low by historical standards.
During the period the Group
introduced a fourth macroeconomic scenario to the IFRS 9 models.
Management determined that the inclusion of an additional scenario
would more appropriately reflect a wider range of possible outcomes
than the previous three scenario view provided. In addition,
management also observed that by only selecting three scenarios,
the Group was not fully aligned to prevailing industry best
practice. The choice of scenarios and weightings was debated and
decided by the newly formed Provision Adequacy Committee (PAC). The
scenarios and weightings selected were as follows:
Scenario
|
30 Sep
2024
(%)
|
30
Sep 2023
(%)
|
Upside
|
10
|
10
|
Base
|
55
|
55
|
Downside
|
20
|
35
|
Severe downside
|
15
|
n/a
|
The Group maintained the same
scenarios and weightings as previously selected for the upside and
base scenarios. The Group opted to retain the existing downside
scenario with the previous weighting of 35% split between this and
the more severe downside scenario. This has maintained the overall
split of weights between the upside, base and downside scenarios in
a relatively benign forecasting environment.
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions (continued)
The key macroeconomic assumptions
used in the scenarios in the period are(1):
|
Base (55%)
|
Upside
(10%)
|
Downside
(20%)
|
Severe downside
(15%)
|
GDP
|
· Growth
accelerates throughout 2024, reaching 2% by Q4
· Overall
year on year growth is forecast at 1.1% in 2024, followed by 1.8%
in 2025
· Having
initially peaked at the end of 2024 at 2% GDP dips before peeking a
second time in H2 2025 at 1.9% before gradually falling back to an
equilibrium rate of c. 1.5%
|
· GDP
growth accelerates towards the end of 2024 and into 2025 to peak at
5.3% in Q3
· Year on
year growth in 2024 is 1.5%, followed by 4.7% in 2025
· From
the peak in 2025 the rate falls rapidly back to a plateau of 2.4%
in 2027 before falling again to the long run rate of 1.5% by the
end of 2028
|
· From a
high of 1.3% in Q3 2024, GDP growth falls to c. 0% in Q4 and down
to a low of (2.45%) in Q3 2025
· From
this low point the recovery is equally as swift, moving back into
growth in Q1 2026 to a stable 1.75% by the end of 2028
· This
volatility results in annual growth of 0.6% in 2024, followed by a
contraction of 1.8% in 2025 before recovering to grow by 0.9% in
2026, followed by 1.3% in 2027 and 1.7% in 2028
|
· GDP
growth falls from a peak of 1.3% in Q3 2024 to a low of (4.8%) in
Q3 2025
· The
recession lasts for six quarters, returning to a position of growth
in Q2 2026, but the recovery beyond that point is slow with the
lost ground not recovered until 2029
· Overall
year on year growth is forecast at 0.3% in 2024, followed by a
contraction of 3.8% in 2025 and growth of 0.3%, 1.0% and 1.7%
across the remainder of the forecast
|
Inflation
|
· The
recent fall in inflation stalls at 2.1% before climbing back to
2.5% by the end of 2024
· The
rate fluctuates between 2.3% and 2.6% in 2025, closing out at
2.4%
· From
early 2026 the rate begins to fall back towards the Bank of
England's target rate of 2%, which is achieved in 2029, albeit with
some small seasonal volatility on the way
|
· From a
low of 2.1% in Q3 2024, inflation grows over the next 12 months to
a peak of 3.8% in Q3 2025
· From
the 2025 high, the rate falls steadily, finally achieving the Bank
of England's target rate of 2% by the end of 2028
· As a
result, the average rate rises from 2.6% in 2024 to 3.5% in 2026
before falling back to 3.1% in 2027
|
· From
the current rate of 2.1%, just above the Bank of England's target
rate, inflation falls steadily to a low of c. 0.9% in Q1
2026
· From
this low point the rate then gradually increases back to a baseline
of just below 2% by the end of 2027
|
· Inflation continues to fall through the Bank of England's
target rate to a low of c. 0.2% in H2 2025
· From
this low point, inflation grows steadily, to stabilise at the 2.0%
target rate in Q1 2028, before dipping back slightly to 1.9% in
Q4
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions (continued)
|
Base (55%)
|
Upside
(10%)
|
Downside
(20%)
|
Severe downside
(15%)
|
Base rate
|
· The
Bank of England's MPC began the process of easing monetary policy
with a 0.25% cut to the base rate in August, with one further 0.25%
cut forecast in 2024
· The
rate continues to fall steadily at 0.25% per quarter to a terminal
rate of 2.0% by the end of 2027
|
· Following the rate reduction in August, the MPC raise the
base rate back to 5.25% in Q4 2024
· The
base rate remains at this level until Q4 2025 when a series of rate
cuts are initiated, bringing it down to a new terminal rate of 2.5%
by Q2 2028
|
· The MPC
follow the August rate cut with a series of cuts, at a more
accelerated rate than seen in the other scenarios
· The
rate falls to 4.5% in December 2024, 2.25% in December 2025 and
1.5% in December 2026
|
· The
Bank of England base rate is cut at an accelerated rate, falling to
1.5% by the end of 2025 at an average of 0.25% per month
· The
terminal rate of 0.75% is reached by the end of 2026
|
HPI
|
· Growth
in HPI, which began in Q2 2024, continues throughout 2024 to a peak
of 3.9% in Q1 2025
· The
growth rate then falls rapidly to dip below zero in Q1 2026 before
it again recovers to above 4% in 2028
· Q4 v Q4
in 2024 sees growth of 3.8%, followed by 0.6%, 2.3%, 3.7% and 4.5%
in 2025 through to 2028
|
· Following a quarter-on-quarter fall in HPI in Q1 2024 the
index grows rapidly to a peak of c. 5.2% in Q1 2025
· This
peak is followed by a period of more volatile growth, from a low of
1.9% in Q1 2026, to a high of 6.5% in Q3 2027, to a low of 4.2% in
Q3 2028 and back to 4.5% in Q1 2029
· Overall
Q4 v Q4 growth is 4.6% in 2024, followed by 2.6%, 4.7%, 6.0% and
4.7% from 2025 through 2028
|
· HPI
peaks in Q3 2024 at c. 2.8% before falling to a low of (7.0%) over
the next 12 months before climbing back to 4.9% by the end of
2028
· On an
annualised basis, Q4 v Q4 growth in 2024 is 1.0%, which is followed
by contractions of 6.1% in 2025 and 2.5% in 2026
· Q4 v Q4
growth in the outer years is 0.5% in 2027 and 4.9% in
2028
|
· HPI
contracts in Q4 2024, with negative growth of 0.3%, and continues
to fall to a low of 10.65% in Q3 2025
· The
rate of the contraction eases, but the value continues to fall
until the end of 2027
· On an
annualised basis, Q4 v Q4 HPI contracts in 2024 by 0.3%, followed
by 9.3% in 2025, 5.3% in 2026 and 1.7% in 2027. The index returns
to growth in 2028 with a rise of 5.2%
|
Unemployment
|
· Unemployment forecasts remain volatile due to the low
response rate to the Labour Force Survey.
· The
latest forecast sees the rate peak at 4.4% in Q3 2024, where it
remains until it begins to fall back in Q2 2025
· The
rate falls gradually throughout the remainder of the forecast,
approaching the long run forecast level of 3.75% by the end of
2028
|
· Unemployment peaks at 4.4% in Q3 2024, the same as in the
base case
· However, unlike the base case, the rate begins to fall back
immediately and at an increased rate, achieving the new long run
forecast of 3.6% in Q1 2026
|
· From
the outset unemployment grows at a steady rate, from the current
low of 4.4% in Q3 2024 to a peak of 6.9% in Q3 2027
· From
that peak, the subsequent fall is more subdued, only reaching 6.5%
by the end of 2028
|
· Unemployment grows from the outset, rising to a peak of 7.3%
in Q3 2027
· The
recovery is also subdued, falling to 6.9% by the end of
2028
|
(1) The time periods referenced in this section relate to calendar
years unless otherwise stated.
Risk management
Credit risk
Five-year simple averages on unemployment, GDP and
HPI
30 September 2024
|
Unemployment
%
|
GDP
%
|
HPI
%
|
Upside
|
3.8
|
2.6
|
4.4
|
Base
|
4.1
|
1.6
|
3.0
|
Downside
|
5.9
|
0.5
|
(0.4)
|
Severe
downside(1)
|
6.2
|
(0.1)
|
(2.3)
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
|
|
|
|
Upside
|
3.9
|
2.2
|
1.3
|
Base
|
4.2
|
1.2
|
(0.2)
|
Downside
|
6.1
|
0.2
|
(3.3)
|
(1)
|
The number of scenarios included
in the IFRS 9 macro-economic models was increased from three to
four compared to the prior period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The use of estimates, judgements and sensitivity
analysis
The following are the main areas
where estimates and judgements are applied to the ECL
calculation:
The use of estimates
Economic
scenarios
The calculation of the Group's
impairment provision is sensitive to changes in the chosen
weightings. The effect on the closing modelled provision of
each portfolio as a result of applying a 100% weighting to each of
the selected scenarios is shown below:
30 September 2024
|
Probability
Weighted(1)
£m
|
Upside
£m
|
Base
£m
|
Downside
£m
|
Severe
downside
£m
|
Mortgages
|
27
|
24
|
25
|
30
|
33
|
Unsecured of which:
|
368
|
346
|
353
|
397
|
408
|
Cards
|
337
|
319
|
324
|
360
|
367
|
Personal loans and
overdrafts(2)
|
31
|
27
|
29
|
37
|
41
|
Business(2)
|
80
|
69
|
74
|
90
|
101
|
Total
|
475
|
439
|
452
|
517
|
542
|
30 September 2023
|
Probability
Weighted(1)
£m
|
Upside
£m
|
Base
£m
|
Downside
£m
|
|
Mortgages
|
20
|
17
|
18
|
24
|
|
Unsecured of which:
|
399
|
382
|
382
|
433
|
|
Cards
|
364
|
352(3)
|
350
|
391
|
|
Personal loans and
overdrafts(2)
|
35
|
30
|
32
|
42
|
|
Business(2)
|
91
|
81
|
86
|
107
|
|
Total
|
510
|
480
|
486
|
564
|
|
(1)
|
In addition to the probability
weighted modelled provision shown in the table, the Group holds
£71m relative to MAs and £60m of IA provision (30 September 2023:
£76m and £30m respectively).
|
(2)
|
Salary Finance (Salary Finance
Loans Limited) contributes more than 50% of the combined personal
loans and overdrafts ECL.
|
(3)
|
Due to a minor model interaction
effect, the 100% ECL for upside is marginally higher than the base
case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Credit risk
The use of estimates (continued)
One of the criteria for moving
exposures between stages is the PD which incorporates macroeconomic
factors. As a result, the stage allocation will be different
in each scenario and so the probability weighted ECL cannot be
recalculated using the scenario ECL provided and the scenario
weightings.
Certain asset classes are less
sensitive to specific macroeconomic factors. To ensure appropriate
levels of ECL, the relative lack of sensitivity is compensated for
through the application of MAs, further detail of which can be
found below.
Within each portfolio, the
following are the macroeconomic inputs which are more sensitive and
therefore more likely to drive the move from Stage 1 to Stage 2
under a stress scenario:
· Mortgages:
Unemployment and HPI
· Unsecured:
Unemployment
· Business:
Unemployment and HPI
In addition to assessing the ECL
impact of applying a 100% weighting to each of the four chosen
scenarios, the Group has also considered what the effect of changes
to a few key economic inputs would make to the modelled ECL
output.
The Group considers that the
unemployment rate and HPI are the most sensitive inputs that have
the most significant ECL impact. Having accessed the ECL across the
relevant portfolios, there are no material differences to the
sensitivity disclosures on Unemployment and HPI changes in the
period from those disclosed in the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
The use of judgement
SICR
Judgement is required in
determining the point at which a SICR has occurred, as this is the
point at which a 12-month ECL is replaced by a lifetime ECL. The
Group has developed a series of triggers that indicate when a SICR
has occurred when assessing exposures for the risk of default
occurring at each reporting date compared to the risk at
origination. There is no single factor that influences this
decision, rather a combination of different criteria that enables
the Group to make an assessment based on the quantitative and
qualitative information available. This includes the impact of
forward-looking macroeconomic factors but excludes the existence of
any collateral implications.
Indicators of a SICR include
deterioration of the residual lifetime PD by set thresholds which
are unique to each product portfolio, non-default forbearance
programmes, and watch list status. The Group adopts the backstop
position that a SICR will have taken place when the financial
asset reaches 30 DPD.
The Group does not have a set
absolute threshold by which the PD would have to increase by in
establishing that a SICR has occurred, and has implemented an
approach with the required SICR threshold trigger varying on a
portfolio and product basis according to the origination
PD.
Changes to the overall SICR
thresholds can also impact staging, driving accounts into higher
stages with the resultant impact on the ECL
allowance:
|
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
|
A 10% movement in the mortgage
portfolio from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
+13
|
+13
|
|
A 10% movement in the credit card
portfolio from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
+120(1)
|
+89
|
|
A 10% movement in the business
portfolio from Stage 1 to Stage 2
|
+13
|
+10
|
|
A PD stress which increases PDs
upwards by 20% for all portfolios
|
+125
|
+131
|
|
(1)
|
The review of the staging approach
for credit cards has increased the proportion of lending in Stage 1
and is the primary driver of the increased impact shown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition of
default
The PD of a credit exposure is a
key input to the measurement of the ECL allowance. Default under
Stage 3 occurs when there is evidence that a customer is
experiencing significant financial difficulty which is likely to
affect the ability to repay amounts due.
MAs
At 30 September 2024, £71m of MAs
(30 September 2023: £76m) are included within the total ECL
provision of £606m (30 September 2023: £617m).
These are management judgements
which impact the ECL provision by increasing (or decreasing) the
collectively assessed modelled output where not all of the known
risks identified in a particular product segment have been
reflected within the models. This also takes into account any time
lag between the date the macroeconomic assumptions were received
and the reporting date.
Risk management
Credit risk
The use of judgement (continued)
The selection of appropriate MAs
is a major component in determining the Group's ECL,
the impact of these adjustments and how they
impact the Group's total reported ECL allowance and coverage ratio
for each portfolio is:
30 September 2024(1)
|
Mortgages
|
Unsecured
|
Business
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
ECL before adjustments (A)
|
26.7
|
367.7
|
140.2
|
534.6
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
To address economic resilience
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Additional BTL impact
|
15.0
|
-
|
-
|
15.0
|
Credit card adjustments
|
-
|
45.7
|
-
|
45.7
|
Other adjustments
|
7.3
|
(1.4)
|
4.8
|
10.7
|
Total adjustments (B)
|
22.3
|
44.3
|
4.8
|
71.4
|
Total reported ECL (A + B)
|
49.0
|
412.0
|
145.0
|
606.0
|
% of total ECL (B / total reported ECL)
|
46%
|
11%
|
3%
|
12%
|
Coverage - total
|
0.09%
|
6.02%
|
1.61%
|
0.84%
|
Coverage - total ex MAs
|
0.05%
|
5.11%
|
1.50%
|
0.74%
|
30 September
2023(1)
|
Mortgages
|
Unsecured
|
Business
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
ECL before adjustments
(A)
|
25.2
|
400.2
|
115.5
|
540.9
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
To address economic resilience
|
5.0
|
-
|
15.0
|
20.0
|
Additional BTL impact
|
25.1
|
-
|
-
|
25.1
|
Credit card adjustments
|
-
|
27.5
|
-
|
27.5
|
Other adjustments
|
1.7
|
1.3
|
0.5
|
3.5
|
Total adjustments (B)
|
31.8
|
28.8
|
15.5
|
76.1
|
Total reported ECL (A +
B)
|
57.0
|
429.0
|
131.0
|
617.0
|
% of total ECL (B / total reported ECL)
|
56%
|
7%
|
12%
|
12%
|
Coverage - total
|
0.10%
|
6.65%
|
1.60%
|
0.84%
|
Coverage - total ex MAs
|
0.04%
|
5.87%
|
1.33%
|
0.74%
|
(1) The
impact of rounding means that the combination of the probability
weighted total and IA provision may not fully align to the
portfolio sections.
Mortgages
Asset quality metrics for the BTL
mortgage book remain robust, but the Group continues to review the
level of provisioning held for this customer cohort and has
retained a £15m MA (30 September 2023: £25m) to ensure the coverage
on this portfolio remains higher than the coverage on the
residential portfolio. The improvements in the economic outlook
have resulted in the release of the MA for economic uncertainty.
The Group no longer raises individually assessed provisions on the
Mortgage portfolio and has implemented an updated valuation and
calculated provision process. A new MA has been introduced to
reflect this new policy within the ECL calculations while upstream
processes are adapted. An additional new MA has also been
introduced to reflect that the observed default rate in some
cohorts of the portfolio is higher than the model assumptions.
These, together with other small MAs total £7m (30 September 2023:
£2m), taking total MAs held to £22m, down from £32m at 30 September
2023.
Risk management
Credit risk
Unsecured
The Unsecured portfolio comprises
credit cards, personal loans and overdrafts, with credit cards the
largest consideration for MAs. The Salary Finance joint venture is
also included in this portfolio.
A refresh of the existing debt
sale MA, held to reflect up to date contract terms, has reduced the
overall debt sale MA held from £29m at 30 September 2023 to £22m at
30 September 2024. Two new MAs were introduced during the period, a
£11m MA in advance of a probable model realignment and a £13m MA in
recognition of a scheduled modelling upgrade which was implemented
in October 2024. A negative £3m MA held for the Salary Finance
joint venture, has been raised as a result of a reduction in the
facility limit. This and some other smaller MAs take the total MA
held to £44m from £29m at 30 September 2023.
Business
The full £15m relating to economic
uncertainty, implemented in September 2023, has been released as
economic forecasts have improved.
A new £5m MA has been introduced
to better reflect origination risk for some lending facilities
where the Group's platform has not retained sufficient information
to automatically ensure that loans are correctly attributed to
their origination date and origination ratings. This can result in
loans appearing in Stage 1 that have deteriorated since their true
origination. This will be released when new processes are
implemented to better identify these occurrences.
The Group assesses and reviews the
need for and quantification of MAs on a regular basis via the newly
formed PAC, with the CFO recommending the level of MAs to the Board
Audit Committee at each external reporting period.
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions
Annual macroeconomic assumptions
used over the five-year forecast period in the scenarios and their
weighted averages are as follows:(1)
30 September 2024
Scenario
|
VMUK weighting
|
Economic measure
(2)
|
2024
%
|
2025
%
|
2026
%
|
2027
%
|
2028
%
|
Upside
|
10%
|
Base rate
|
5.2
|
5.2
|
4.3
|
3.3
|
2.5
|
Unemployment
|
4.3
|
3.8
|
3.6
|
3.6
|
3.6
|
GDP
|
1.5
|
4.7
|
2.8
|
2.4
|
1.7
|
Inflation
|
2.6
|
3.5
|
3.1
|
2.5
|
2.2
|
HPI
|
4.6
|
2.6
|
4.7
|
6.0
|
4.4
|
Base
|
55%
|
Base rate
|
5.1
|
4.2
|
3.2
|
2.3
|
2.0
|
Unemployment
|
4.3
|
4.3
|
4.1
|
3.9
|
3.8
|
GDP
|
1.1
|
1.8
|
1.8
|
1.7
|
1.6
|
Inflation
|
2.6
|
2.5
|
2.2
|
2.2
|
2.2
|
HPI
|
3.8
|
0.6
|
2.3
|
3.7
|
4.5
|
Downside
|
20%
|
Base rate
|
5.1
|
3.1
|
1.8
|
1.5
|
1.5
|
Unemployment
|
4.4
|
5.4
|
6.4
|
6.9
|
6.6
|
GDP
|
0.6
|
(1.8)
|
0.9
|
1.3
|
1.7
|
Inflation
|
2.4
|
1.2
|
1.0
|
1.8
|
2.0
|
HPI
|
1.0
|
(6.1)
|
(2.5)
|
0.5
|
4.9
|
Severe
downside(3)
|
15%
|
Base rate
|
5.0
|
2.6
|
1.1
|
0.8
|
0.8
|
Unemployment
|
4.5
|
5.6
|
6.8
|
7.2
|
7.0
|
GDP
|
0.3
|
(3.8)
|
0.3
|
1.0
|
1.7
|
Inflation
|
2.4
|
0.5
|
0.5
|
1.6
|
2.0
|
HPI
|
(0.3)
|
(9.3)
|
(5.3)
|
(1.7)
|
5.2
|
Weighted average
|
|
Base rate
|
5.1
|
3.9
|
2.7
|
2.0
|
1.8
|
Unemployment
|
4.4
|
4.7
|
4.9
|
5.0
|
4.8
|
GDP
|
0.9
|
0.6
|
1.5
|
1.6
|
1.7
|
Inflation
|
2.5
|
2.0
|
1.8
|
2.1
|
2.1
|
HPI
|
2.7
|
(2.0)
|
0.4
|
2.5
|
4.7
|
Risk management
Credit risk
Macroeconomic assumptions (continued)
30 September 2023
Scenario
|
VMUK weighting
|
Economic measure
(2)
|
2023
%
|
2024
%
|
2025
%
|
2026
%
|
2027
%
|
Upside
|
10%
|
Base rate
|
4.8
|
6.5
|
6.0
|
5.0
|
4.0
|
Unemployment
|
4.2
|
4.1
|
3.9
|
3.8
|
3.7
|
GDP
|
0.8
|
3.0
|
2.6
|
3.0
|
1.6
|
Inflation
|
7.6
|
4.2
|
2.5
|
1.1
|
1.7
|
HPI
|
(1.3)
|
(4.8)
|
(0.9)
|
6.6
|
7.0
|
Base
|
55%
|
Base rate
|
4.7
|
5.4
|
4.5
|
3.5
|
2.5
|
Unemployment
|
4.2
|
4.5
|
4.3
|
3.9
|
3.9
|
GDP
|
0.5
|
0.4
|
1.5
|
2.3
|
1.5
|
Inflation
|
7.6
|
3.2
|
1.5
|
1.0
|
1.7
|
HPI
|
(2.7)
|
(7.2)
|
(2.9)
|
4.6
|
7.1
|
Downside
|
35%
|
Base rate
|
4.6
|
4.5
|
3.5
|
2.5
|
1.5
|
Unemployment
|
4.3
|
5.7
|
6.7
|
7.0
|
6.8
|
GDP
|
(0.1)
|
(3.3)
|
0.7
|
1.9
|
1.6
|
Inflation
|
7.4
|
1.7
|
0.4
|
0.7
|
1.7
|
HPI
|
(4.7)
|
(12.7)
|
(7.6)
|
1.0
|
7.5
|
Weighted average
|
|
Base rate
|
4.7
|
5.2
|
4.3
|
3.3
|
2.3
|
Unemployment
|
4.2
|
4.9
|
5.1
|
5.0
|
4.9
|
GDP
|
0.3
|
(0.6)
|
1.3
|
2.2
|
1.6
|
Inflation
|
7.5
|
2.8
|
1.2
|
0.9
|
1.7
|
HPI
|
(3.3)
|
(8.9)
|
(4.4)
|
3.6
|
7.3
|
(1)
|
Macroeconomic assumptions provided
by Oxford Economics on 28 August 2024 and reported on a calendar
year basis unless otherwise stated. Any changes in macroeconomic
assumptions between this date and 30 September 2024 have been
considered as part of the MAs.
|
(2)
|
The percentages shown for base
rate, unemployment and inflation are averages. GDP is the
year-on-year movement, with HPI the Q4 v Q4 movement.
|
(3)
|
The number of scenarios included
in the IFR9 macro-economic models was increased from three to four
compared to the prior period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Financial risk
|
|
|
|
Section
|
Page
|
Tables
|
Page
|
Financial risk summary
|
44
|
|
|
Capital risk
|
44
|
|
|
Regulatory capital developments
|
44
|
|
|
Capital resources
|
45
|
Regulatory capital
|
45
|
|
|
Regulatory capital flow of
funds
|
46
|
Risk Weighted Assets
|
47
|
Minimum capital
requirements
|
47
|
|
|
RWA movements
|
47
|
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
|
48
|
IFRS 9 transitional
arrangements
|
48
|
Capital requirements
|
48
|
Minimum requirements
|
48
|
MREL
|
49
|
MREL position
|
49
|
Dividend
|
49
|
|
|
Share buyback
|
50
|
|
|
Leverage
|
50
|
Leverage ratio
|
50
|
Funding and liquidity
risk
|
51
|
|
|
Sources of funding
|
51
|
Sources of funding
|
51
|
Liquid assets
|
52
|
LCR
|
52
|
|
|
Liquid asset portfolio
|
52
|
|
|
Analysis of debt securities in
issue by residual maturity
|
52
|
External credit ratings
|
53
|
External credit ratings
|
53
|
Net interest income
|
53
|
Net interest income
sensitivity
|
53
|
Structural hedge
|
54
|
|
|
LIBOR replacement
|
54
|
|
|
Risk management
Financial risk
Financial risk covers several categories of
risk which impact the way in which the Group can support its
customers in a safe and sound manner. They include capital risk,
funding risk, liquidity risk, market risk and pension
risk.
Capital risk
Capital is held by the Group to
cover inherent risks in a normal and stressed operating
environment, to protect unsecured creditors and investors and to
support the Group's strategy of sustainable growth. Capital risk is
the risk that the Group has or forecasts insufficient capital and
other loss-absorbing debt instruments to operate effectively. This
includes meeting minimum regulatory requirements, operating within
Board approved risk appetite and supporting its strategic
goals.
Regulatory capital developments
The regulatory landscape for
capital is subject to a number of changes, some of which can lead
to uncertainty on eventual outcomes. In order to mitigate this
risk, the Group actively monitors emerging regulatory change,
assesses the impact and puts plans in place to respond.
Internal ratings-based (IRB)
model changes
Ahead of the Group's
implementation of mortgage IRB models (including hybrid PD), a
model adjustment has been applied to increase RWAs and expected
losses in advance of formal approval of models.
Basel 3.1
Following the publication of final
reforms to the Basel III framework in December 2017,
the PRA published CP16/22 at the end of November 2022, covering its
consultation on the UK implementation of these reforms. The PRA
then issued PS17/23 covering the 'near final' rules and policy on
Operational Risk, Counterparty Credit Risk, Credit Valuation
Adjustment Risk and Market Risk in December 2023 with the remaining
elements of Credit Risk, Output Floor and Reporting and Disclosure
requirements published in PS 9/24 in September 2024. There are a
number of key amendments to the standardised approaches to credit
and operational risks together with the introduction of a new
standardised RWA output floor to be introduced gradually over a
transition period. There are also amendments to IRB approaches,
Credit Valuation Adjustments, Credit Risk Mitigation rules and
associated reporting and disclosure requirements. Based on the
Group's initial interpretation of the near-final rules, the Group
expects a benefit to the CET1 ratio from Basel 3.1 implementation
on day 1 (1 January 2026). The Group expects the RWA output floor
based on the standardised approach to bind later in the
transitional period, subject to a more granular assessment of the
PRA's final rules and the evolution of the Group's balance
sheet.
Pillar 2A
As part of its Basel 3.1
proposals, the PRA announced its intention to review Pillar 2A
methodologies after the rules on Basel 3.1 are finalised, with a
view to consult on any proposed changes in 2025. This review could
have an impact on the Group which will be assessed when the
proposals are published. In addition, both of the PRA's
'near-final' policy statements on Basel 3.1 discuss the PRA's plans
to perform an off-cycle review of Pillar 2 capital requirements
ahead of day 1 with specific focus on 'double counts' and
're-basing' Pillar 2A and PRA buffer requirements.
Resolvability Assessment
Framework
The Resolvability Assessment
Framework sets out what is required to ensure major UK banks can be
safely resolved. Along with other firms, the Group submitted an
assessment of its resolvability outcomes that was the subject of
feedback from the BoE in August 2024. No material issues were
identified with respect to the Group's approach to achieving the
Adequate Financial Resources or Co-ordination and Communication
outcome. An area for further enhancement was identified relating to
the Continuity and Restructuring outcome, and the BoE will continue
to engage with the Group on this issue. The engagement will also
cover the impact of the NBS acquisition.
Risk management
Financial risk
Regulatory capital developments (continued)
Model Risk Management
(MRM)
The PRA's policy on Model Risk
Management Principles for Banks (Supervisory Statement 1/23)
came into effect on 17 May 2024. Before the effective
date, firms have been expected to conduct an initial
self-assessment of their implemented MRM frameworks against
the policy and, where relevant, to prepare remediation plans to
address any identified shortcomings. The Group has undertaken a
programme of work to update the policies and frameworks to make
them compliant to the new regulations as well as the implementation
of improved capability for model inventory and approaches to model
tiering and classifications. Gaps with regards to the live practice
of MRM principles have been identified and will be addressed in
accordance with the policy's approach to remediation
plans.
Capital resources
The Group's capital resources position is
summarised below:
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Regulatory capital(1)
|
£m
|
£m
|
Statutory total equity
|
5,481
|
5,607
|
CET1 capital: regulatory
adjustments(2)
|
|
|
Other equity
instruments
|
(693)
|
(594)
|
Defined benefit pension fund
assets
|
(322)
|
(333)
|
Prudent valuation
adjustment
|
(5)
|
(5)
|
Intangible assets
|
(119)
|
(162)
|
Goodwill
|
(33)
|
(11)
|
Deferred tax asset relying on
future profitability
|
(178)
|
(261)
|
Cash flow hedge reserve
|
(175)
|
(496)
|
AT1 coupon accrual
|
(15)
|
(12)
|
TMLA fee(3)
|
(218)
|
-
|
Foreseeable dividend on ordinary
shares
|
-
|
(27)
|
Excess expected losses
|
(125)
|
(103)
|
IFRS 9 transitional
adjustments
|
36
|
112
|
Unconsolidated losses arising from
JV
|
(5)
|
(4)
|
Total regulatory adjustments to CET1
|
(1,852)
|
(1,896)
|
Total CET1 capital
|
3,629
|
3,711
|
|
|
|
AT1 capital
|
|
|
AT1 capital instruments
|
693
|
594
|
Total AT1 capital
|
693
|
594
|
|
|
|
Total Tier 1 capital
|
4,322
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital
|
|
|
Subordinated debt
|
773
|
1,022
|
Total Tier 2 capital
|
773
|
1,022
|
|
|
|
Total regulatory capital
|
5,095
|
5,327
|
(1)
|
Data in the table is reported
under CRD IV on a fully loaded basis with IFRS 9 transitional
arrangements applied.
|
|
(2)
(3)
|
A number of regulatory adjustments
to CET1 capital are required under CRD IV regulatory capital
rules.
Details on the TMLA fee can be
found in note 5.6 of the interim condensed consolidated financial
statements and is treated as a 'foreseeable charge' for capital
purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management
Financial risk
Capital
resources (continued)
|
12 months
to
|
12
months to
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Regulatory capital flow of
funds(1)
|
£m
|
£m
|
CET1 capital(2)
|
|
|
CET1 capital at 1
October
|
3,711
|
3,633
|
Share issuance
|
2
|
2
|
Share buyback
|
(63)
|
(99)
|
Retained earnings and other
reserves (including special purpose entities)
|
184
|
(242)
|
Intangible assets and
goodwill
|
21
|
94
|
Deferred tax asset relying on
future profitability
|
83
|
41
|
Defined benefit pension fund
assets
|
11
|
317
|
Movement in AT1 foreseeable
distributions
|
(3)
|
1
|
TMLA fee(3)
|
(218)
|
-
|
Foreseeable dividend on ordinary
shares
|
-
|
(27)
|
Excess expected losses
|
(22)
|
(3)
|
IFRS 9 transitional
adjustments
|
(76)
|
(2)
|
Unconsolidated losses arising from
JV
|
(1)
|
(4)
|
Total CET1 capital at 30 September
|
3,629
|
3,711
|
|
|
|
AT1 capital
|
|
|
AT1 capital at 1
October
|
594
|
666
|
AT1 instrument issued net of
costs
|
346
|
-
|
AT1 instrument redeemed
|
(247)
|
(72)
|
Total AT1 capital at 30 September
|
693
|
594
|
Total Tier 1 capital at 30
September
|
4,322
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital at 1
October
|
1,022
|
1,020
|
Capital instrument
redeemed
|
(250)
|
-
|
Amortisation of issue
costs
|
1
|
2
|
Total Tier 2 capital at 30
September
|
773
|
1,022
|
Total capital at 30
September
|
5,095
|
5,327
|
(1)
|
Data in the table is reported
under CRD IV as implemented by the PRA on a fully loaded basis with
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements applied.
|
(2)
(3)
|
CET1 capital is comprised of
shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and
other reserves less specified regulatory adjustments.
Details on the TMLA fee can be
found in note 5.6 of the interim condensed consolidated financial
statements and is treated as a 'foreseeable charge' for capital
purposes.
|
The Group's CET1 capital reduced
by £82m during the period. The Group reported a profit after tax of
£378m which together with reductions in intangibles and goodwill,
pension, and deferred tax asset deductions of £115m, and after
absorbing other movements in reserves, along with an increase in
excess expected losses and tapering of IFRS 9 transitional relief,
led to a net increase in CET1 of £291m. Capital generated was
utilised to fund AT1 distributions of £66m, dividends of £26m and
£63m share buyback, before the programme was formally cancelled on
2 April due to the acquisition of the Group by Nationwide. The TMLA
fee, payable following completion of the Nationwide acquisition,
has been recognised within capital as a foreseeable charge on an
after-tax basis, absorbing a further £218m.
In December 2023, the Group
redeemed £250m of 7.875% Fixed Rate Reset Callable Notes due 2028,
held as Tier 2 capital. The Group also issued a new £350m AT1
instrument and simultaneously tendered 42% of its £250m 9.25% AT1
instrument, first callable in June 2024 (note 4.1.2). The Group
redeemed the residual £144m 9.25% AT1 securities on their call date
in June 2024.
Risk management
Financial risk
Risk weighted assets
|
30 September
2024
|
30 September 2023
|
|
Minimum capital requirements
|
Exposure
|
RWA
|
Minimum capital
requirements
|
Exposure
|
RWA
|
Minimum
capital requirements
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Retail mortgages
|
57,753
|
8,683
|
694
|
60,354
|
9,072
|
726
|
|
Business lending
|
13,385
|
8,661
|
693
|
12,635
|
6,990
|
559
|
|
Other retail lending
|
17,730
|
5,144
|
412
|
17,586
|
4,819
|
385
|
|
Other lending
|
17,656
|
362
|
29
|
18,328
|
364
|
29
|
|
Other(1)
|
576
|
662
|
53
|
592
|
674
|
54
|
|
Total credit risk
|
107,100
|
23,512
|
1,881
|
109,495
|
21,919
|
1,753
|
|
Credit valuation
adjustment
|
|
110
|
9
|
|
278
|
22
|
|
Operational risk
|
|
2,833
|
227
|
|
2,833
|
227
|
|
Counterparty credit risk
|
|
139
|
11
|
|
146
|
12
|
|
Total
|
107,100
|
26,594
|
2,128
|
109,495
|
25,176
|
2,014
|
|
(1)
|
The items included in the Other
exposure class that attract a capital charge include items in the
course of collection, fixed assets, prepayments, other debtors and
deferred tax assets that are not deducted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWA movements
|
|
12 months to 30 September
2024
|
12
months to 30 September 2023
|
RWA movements
|
IRB
RWA
£m
|
STD
RWA
£m
|
Non-credit
risk
RWA(2)
£m
|
Total
£m
|
Minimum capital requirement
£m
|
IRB
RWA
£m
|
STD
RWA
£m
|
Non-credit risk
RWA(2)
£m
|
Total
£m
|
Minimum
capital
requirement £m
|
Opening RWA
|
15,476
|
6,443
|
3,257
|
25,176
|
2,014
|
14,943
|
6,139
|
3,066
|
24,148
|
1,933
|
Asset size
|
22
|
405
|
-
|
427
|
34
|
58
|
127
|
-
|
185
|
15
|
Asset quality
|
918
|
13
|
-
|
931
|
75
|
(1,011)
|
121
|
-
|
(890)
|
(71)
|
Model
updates(1)
|
(412)
|
-
|
-
|
(412)
|
(33)
|
1,486
|
-
|
-
|
1,486
|
118
|
Methodology and policy
|
666
|
-
|
-
|
666
|
53
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
Other
|
-
|
(19)
|
(175)
|
(194)
|
(15)
|
-
|
51
|
191
|
242
|
19
|
Closing RWA
|
16,670
|
6,842
|
3,082
|
26,594
|
2,128
|
15,476
|
6,443
|
3,257
|
25,176
|
2,014
|
(1)
|
Model updates include
MAs.
|
|
(2)
|
Non-credit risk RWA includes
operational risk, credit valuation adjustment and counterparty
credit risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RWA increased c.£1.4bn to £26.6bn
primarily due to increased lending in the retail unsecured and
business portfolios offset by reduced lending within the mortgage
portfolio. Model updates include a £0.5bn decrease in the hybrid
model MA and a £0.1bn increase in the business models
MA,
Methodology and policy reflects
changes in relation to business lending updates and associated
changes to the SME support factor being applied. Other non-credit
risk RWA movements are largely due to movements within the credit
valuation adjustment portfolio of £0.2bn.
Risk management
Financial risk
IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
This table shows a comparison of capital
resources, requirements and ratios with and without the application
of transitional arrangements for IFRS 9:
|
|
Available capital (amounts)
|
IFRS 9 Transitional
basis
|
IFRS 9 Fully loaded
basis
|
CET1 capital
|
3,629
|
3,593
|
Tier 1 capital
|
4,322
|
4,286
|
Total capital
|
5,095
|
5,059
|
RWA (amounts)
|
|
|
Total RWA
|
26,594
|
26,565
|
Capital ratios
|
|
|
CET1 (as a percentage of
RWA)
|
13.6%
|
13.5%
|
Tier 1 (as a percentage of
RWA)
|
16.3%
|
16.1%
|
Total capital (as a percentage of
RWA)
|
19.2%
|
19.0%
|
Leverage ratio
|
|
|
Leverage ratio total exposure
measure
|
84,084
|
84,048
|
UK leverage ratio
|
5.1%
|
5.1%
|
Transitional arrangements in
Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) mean the regulatory capital
impact of ECL is being phased in over time. Following the CRR Quick
Fix amendments package, which applied from 27 June 2020, relevant
provisions raised from 1 January 2020 through to 2024 have a CET1
add-back percentage of 50% in 2023, reducing to 25% in 2024. From 1
January 2025, the Group will no longer apply transitional relief in
respect of IFRS 9.
At 30 September 2024, £36m of IFRS
9 transitional adjustments (30 September 2023: £112m) have been
applied to the Group's capital position in accordance with CRR,
which is entirely comprised of dynamic relief (30 September 2023:
£3m static and £109m dynamic).
Capital
requirements
The Group measures the amount of capital it is
required to hold by applying CRD IV as implemented in the UK by the
PRA. The table below summarises the amount of capital in relation
to RWA the Group is currently required to hold, excluding any PRA
Buffer.
|
As at 30 Sep 2024
|
Minimum
requirements
|
CET1
|
Total
capital
|
Pillar 1(1)
|
4.5%
|
8.0%
|
Pillar 2A
|
1.9%
|
3.4%
|
Total capital
requirement (TCR)
|
6.4%
|
11.4%
|
|
|
|
Capital conservation buffer
|
2.5%
|
2.5%
|
UK countercyclical capital buffer
|
2.0%
|
2.0%
|
Total
(excluding PRA buffer)(2)
|
10.9%
|
15.9%
|
(1)
|
The minimum amount of total
capital under Pillar 1 of the regulatory framework is determined as
8% of RWA, of which at least 4.5% of RWA is required to be covered
by CET1 capital.
|
|
(2)
|
The Group may be subject to a PRA
buffer as set by the PRA but is not permitted to disclose the level
of any buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group continues to maintain a
significant surplus above its capital requirements. At 30 September
2024 the Group maintained CET1 capital in excess of its maximum
distributable amount requirements equal to 2.7% of RWAs (equivalent
to £726m).
The PRA sets a Group specific
Pillar 2A requirement for risks which are not captured within the
Pillar 1 requirement. Together Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A represent the
Group's TCR, which is the minimum requirement which must be met at
all times.
Risk management
Financial risk
Capital requirements (continued)
In November 2023 the PRA
communicated an update to the Group's Pillar 2A requirement setting
it as 3.41% of RWAs, of which 1.92% must be met with CET1 capital
(30 September 2023: 2.97% of which 1.67% had to be met with CET1
capital). Applying this updated requirement in September 2024
resulted in a modest increase in total capital requirements of
£117m and CET1 requirements of £66m. At 30 September 2024 this
resulted in a TCR of 11.41% of RWAs (equivalent to £3,034m) of
which 6.4% must be met with CET1 capital (equivalent to
£1,707m).
The regulatory capital buffer
framework is intended to ensure firms maintain a sufficient amount
of capital above their regulatory minimum in order to withstand
periods of stress and mitigate against firm specific and systemic
risks. The UK has implemented the provisions on capital buffers
outlined in CRD IV which introduced a combined capital buffer. This
includes a Capital Conservation Buffer, a Countercyclical Capital
Buffer (CCyB) and where applicable a Global Systemically Important
Institution (G-SII) Buffer or an Other Systemically Important
Institution (O-SII) Buffer.
The Group's CCyB reflects an
exposure weighted average of the CCyB rates applicable in
the geographies the Group operates in. Currently this reflects only
the UK. As had been previously announced, the CCyB increased in the
prior year to 2% in July 2023 to align with its guidance for the
CCyB rate under standard risk conditions. The Financial Policy
Committee has noted the considerable uncertainties in relation to
the economic outlook and will continue to monitor the situation and
stands ready to vary the UK CCyB rate - in either direction - in
line with the evolution of economic conditions, underlying
vulnerabilities and the overall risk environment.
The Group has been designated as
an O-SII, but is not required to hold a related capital
buffer.
Minimum
Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities
(MREL)
Under the Bank Recovery and
Resolution Directive the Group is required to hold additional
loss-absorbing instruments to support an effective resolution.
The MREL establishes a minimum amount of equity and eligible debt to
recapitalise the Group. An analysis of the Group's
current MREL position is provided below:
|
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
|
Total capital
resources(1)(2)
|
5,095
|
5,327
|
|
Eligible senior unsecured
securities issued by Virgin Money UK PLC(2)
|
2,579
|
2,707
|
|
Total MREL resources
|
7,674
|
8,034
|
|
RWA
|
26,594
|
25,176
|
|
Total MREL resources available as a percentage of
RWA
|
28.9%
|
31.9%
|
|
UK leverage exposure
measure
|
84,084
|
86,554
|
|
Total MREL resources available as a percentage of UK leverage
exposure measure
|
9.1%
|
9.3%
|
|
(1)
|
The capital position reflects the
application of the transitional arrangements for IFRS
9.
|
(2)
|
Includes MREL instrument maturity
adjustments, the add-back of regulatory amortisation and the
deduction of instruments with less than one year to
maturity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The BoE as the UK Resolution Authority has
published its framework for setting MREL. This requires the Group
to hold capital resources and eligible debt instruments equal to
the greater of two times the TCR or two times the UK Leverage Ratio
requirement. In addition to MREL, the Group must also hold any
applicable capital buffers, which together with MREL represent the
Group's LAC requirement.
As at 30 September 2024, the Group's risk
based LAC requirement of 27.3% of RWA exposures (or 8.6% when
expressed as a percentage of leverage) was greater than the
leverage based LAC requirement of 8.3% of leverage exposures,
meaning the RWA measure is the binding requirement.
MREL resources were £7.7bn (30 September 2023:
£8.0bn) equivalent to 28.9% of RWA exposures (30 September 2023:
31.9%) or 9.1% when expressed as a percentage of leverage (30
September 2023: 9.3%). This provides prudent headroom of £0.4bn or
1.6% above the LAC requirement of 27.3% of RWAs, or 0.5% above the
LAC requirement of 8.6% when expressed as a percentage of leverage
exposures.
Dividend
Distributable reserves are determined as
required by the Companies Act 2006 by reference to a company's
individual financial statements. At 30 September 2024, the Company
had accumulated distributable reserves of £1,064m (30 September
2023: £1,044m).
An interim dividend for the period ending 31
March 2025 of 2.0p per share was paid in July 2024. The
dividend is consistent with the terms of the acquisition of the
Group by Nationwide which completed on 1 October 2024. For further
detail on dividends paid refer to note 4.1.1 of the interim
condensed consolidated financial statements.
Risk management
Financial risk
Share
buyback
On 2 August 2023 the Company
announced a new share buyback to repurchase £50m in aggregate of
ordinary shares and CHESS Depositary Interests (CDIs) and
subsequently repurchased shares and CDIs in approximately equal
proportions; the buyback commenced on 2 August 2023 and ended on
22 November 2023.
On 23 November 2023 the Company
announced a further share buyback with an intent to repurchase
another £150m in aggregate of shares and CDIs, ending no later than
16 May 2024. On 2 April 2024 the Group announced the full
cancellation of the remaining buyback programme. Under this buyback
programme, the Company returned £63m to shareholders.
For further detail refer to note
4.1.1 of the interim condensed consolidated financial
statements.
Leverage
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Leverage ratio
|
£m
|
£m
|
Total Tier 1 capital for the leverage ratio
|
|
|
Total CET1 capital
|
3,629
|
3,711
|
AT1 capital
|
693
|
594
|
Total Tier 1 capital
|
4,322
|
4,305
|
Exposures for the leverage ratio
|
|
|
Total assets
|
89,783
|
91,786
|
Adjustment for off-balance sheet
items
|
2,978
|
2,999
|
Adjustment for derivative
financial instruments
|
585
|
706
|
Adjustment for securities
financing transactions
|
974
|
2,261
|
Adjustment for qualifying central
bank claims
|
(8,818)
|
(9,052)
|
Regulatory deductions and other
adjustments
|
(1,418)
|
(2,146)
|
UK leverage ratio exposure(1)
|
84,084
|
86,554
|
UK leverage ratio(1)
|
5.1%
|
5.0%
|
Average UK leverage ratio
exposure(2)
|
84,863
|
85,910
|
Average UK leverage ratio(2)
|
5.1%
|
4.9%
|
(1)
|
The UK leverage ratio and exposure
measure are calculated after applying the IFRS 9 transitional
arrangements of the CRR.
|
(2)
|
The average leverage exposure
measure is based on the daily average of on-balance sheet items and
month-end average of off-balance sheet and capital items over the
quarter (1 July 2024 to 30 September 2024).
|
|
|
|
|
The leverage ratio is monitored
against a Board-approved Risk Appetite Statement, with the
responsibility for managing the ratio delegated to ALCO.
The leverage ratio is the ratio of
Tier 1 capital to total exposures, defined as:
· capital: Tier 1 capital defined on an IFRS 9 transitional
basis; and
· exposures: total on- and off-balance sheet exposures (subject
to credit conversion factors) as defined in the delegated act
amending CRR article 429 (Calculation of the Leverage Ratio), which
includes deductions applied to Tier 1 capital.
Other regulatory adjustments
consist of adjustments that are required under CRD IV to be
deducted from Tier 1 capital. The removal of these from the
exposure measure ensures consistency is maintained between the
capital and exposure components of the ratio.
The Group's UK leverage ratio of
5.1% (30 September 2023: 5.0%) exceeds the UK minimum ratio of 3.25%.
Risk management
Financial risk
Funding and liquidity risk
Funding risk occurs where the
Group is unable to raise or maintain funds of sufficient quantity
and quality to support the delivery of the business plan or sustain
lending commitments. Prudent funding risk management reduces the
likelihood of liquidity risks occurring, increases the stability of
funding sources, minimises concentration risks and ensures future
balance sheet growth is sustainable.
Liquidity risk occurs when the
Group is unable to meet its current and future financial
obligations as they fall due or at acceptable cost, or when the
Group reduces liquidity resources below internal or regulatory
stress requirements.
Sources of funding
The table below provides an
overview of the Group's sources of funding:
|
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
|
30 Sep 2023
(audited)
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Total assets
|
89,783
|
91,786
|
|
Less: Other
liabilities(1)
|
(2,329)
|
(2,694)
|
|
Funding requirement
|
87,454
|
89,092
|
|
Funded by:
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits
|
69,816
|
66,827
|
|
Debt securities in issue
|
9,155
|
9,719
|
|
Due to other banks
|
3,002
|
6,939
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
Secured loans
|
2,988
|
6,291
|
Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase
|
-
|
552
|
Transaction balances with other
banks
|
2
|
19
|
Deposits with other
banks
|
12
|
77
|
Equity
|
5,481
|
5,607
|
|
Total funding
|
87,454
|
89,092
|
|
(1) Other liabilities include derivatives,
deferred tax liabilities, provisions for liabilities and charges,
and other liabilities as per the balance sheet line
item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group's funding objective is
to prudently manage the sources and tenor of funds in order to
provide a sound base from which to support sustainable lending
growth. At 30 September 2024, the Group had a funding requirement
of £87,454m (30 September 2023: £89,092m) with the majority being
used to support loans and advances to customers. The Group measures
the sustainability and stability of funding through the NSFR. The
Group has sufficient stable funding to meet NSFR regulatory
requirements and internal risk appetite.
Customer
deposits
The majority of the Group's
funding requirement was met by customer deposits of £69,816m (30
September 2023: £66,827m). Customer deposits comprise
interest-bearing deposits, term deposits and non‑interest-bearing demand deposits
from a range of sources including Personal and Business
customers.
Debt securities in
issue
Customer deposits are supported by
wholesale term funding, providing diversity and stability in
funding mix. Debt securities decreased to £9,155m (30 September
2023: £9,719m) with maturities of existing programmes partially
offset by issuance from our medium-term note and securitisation
programmes.
Equity
Equity of £5,481m (30 September
2023: £5,607m) was also used to meet the Group's funding
requirement. Equity comprises ordinary share capital, retained
earnings, other equity investments and a number of other reserves.
For full details on equity refer to note 4.1.1 within the interim
condensed consolidated financial statements.
Risk management
Financial risk
Liquid assets
The quantity and quality of the
Group's liquid assets are calibrated to the Board's view of
liquidity risk appetite and remain at a prudent level above
regulatory requirements.
|
Average
|
LCR
|
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
Eligible liquidity
buffer
|
14,676
|
13,798
|
Net stress outflows
|
9,368
|
9,424
|
Surplus
|
5,308
|
4,374
|
LCR
|
157%
|
146%
|
The liquid asset portfolio
provides a buffer against sudden and potentially sharp outflows of
funds. Liquid assets must therefore be high-quality so they can be
realised for cash and cannot be encumbered for any other purpose
(e.g. to provide collateral for payments systems).
The volume and quality of the
Group's liquid asset portfolio is defined through a series of
internal stress tests across a range of time horizons and stress
conditions. The liquid asset portfolio is primarily comprised of
cash at the BoE, UK Government securities (Gilts) and listed
securities (e.g. bonds issued by supra-nationals and AAA-rated
covered bonds).
The liquid asset portfolio is
marked to market and fully hedged from an interest rate, inflation
and FX risk perspective. All fair value movements are therefore
recognised in CET1 via the Income Statement (market risk) or FVOCI
reserve (credit risk). The
Interest rate risk in the banking book
(IRRBB)
stress testing framework includes limits to
manage the stressed credit spread risk arising from hedging the
fixed rate securities in the Group's liquid asset portfolio. This
ensures the composition of the portfolio is controlled and the
exposure will not exceed internal appetite or the amount of capital
allocated.
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Change
|
Average at 30 Sep
2024
|
Average
at
30 Sep
2023
|
|
Liquid asset portfolio(1)
|
£m
|
£m
|
%
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances with central
banks
|
8,709
|
8,940
|
(2.6)
|
9,718
|
9,604
|
|
UK Government treasury bills and
gilts
|
1,717
|
1,655
|
3.7
|
1,479
|
1,182
|
|
Other debt securities
|
3,059
|
3,153
|
(3.0)
|
3,102
|
2,782
|
|
Total level 1
|
13,485
|
13,748
|
(1.9)
|
14,299
|
13,568
|
|
Level 2(2)
|
596
|
471
|
26.5
|
528
|
327
|
|
Total LCR eligible assets
|
14,081
|
14,219
|
(1.0)
|
14,827
|
13,895
|
|
(1)
|
Excludes encumbered
assets.
|
(2)
|
Includes Level 2A and Level
2B.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The NSFR was implemented by the
PRA on 1 January 2022 based on Basel standards. The 12-month
average NSFR as at 30 September 2024 is 138% (30 September 2023:
136%) comfortably in excess of the regulatory minimum requirement
of 100%.
Analysis of debt securities in issue by residual
maturity
The table below shows the residual
maturity of the Group's debt securities in issue:
|
3 months
or less
£m
|
3 to 12
months
£m
|
1 to 5
years
£m
|
Over 5
years
£m
|
Total at
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
Total
at
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
Covered bonds
|
8
|
15
|
3,838
|
-
|
3,861
|
4,415
|
Securitisation
|
61
|
176
|
1,709
|
-
|
1,946
|
1,740
|
Medium-term notes
|
-
|
867
|
1,740
|
-
|
2,607
|
2,612
|
Subordinated debt
|
8
|
452
|
281
|
-
|
741
|
952
|
Total debt securities in issue
|
77
|
1,510
|
7,568
|
-
|
9,155
|
9,719
|
Of which issued by Virgin Money UK PLC
|
8
|
1,319
|
2,021
|
-
|
3,348
|
3,564
|
Risk management
Financial risk
External credit ratings
The Group's long-term credit ratings are
summarised below:
|
Outlook as
at
|
As at
|
|
30 Sep
2024(1)
|
30 Sep 2024
|
30 Sep 2023
|
Virgin Money
UK PLC
|
|
|
|
Moody's
|
Stable
|
A3
|
Baa1
|
Fitch
|
Rating Watch Positive
|
BBB+
|
BBB+
|
Standard & Poor's
|
CreditWatch Positive
|
BBB-
|
BBB-
|
Clydesdale
Bank PLC
|
|
|
|
Moody's(2)
|
Stable
|
A1
|
A3
|
Fitch
|
Rating Watch Positive
|
A-
|
A-
|
Standard & Poor's
|
CreditWatch Positive
|
A-
|
A-
|
(1)
|
For detailed background on the
latest credit opinion by Standard & Poor's, Fitch and Moody's,
please refer to the respective rating agency website.
|
|
(2)
|
Long-term deposit
rating.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following the announcement of the
potential acquisition by Nationwide in March 2024, the rating
agencies in the table above had announced potential positive
changes to the Group's credit ratings.
On 6 September 2024, following
regulatory approval of the acquisition, Moody's upgraded the
long-term senior unsecured and issuer ratings of the Group to A3
from Baa1 and Clydesdale Bank PLC's long-term deposit rating to A1
from A3. These changes reflect Moody's expectation that Nationwide
will provide support to its new subsidiary in case of need and an
expectation that Nationwide and the Group will be resolved as a
single unit in the case of failure. The outlook on the Group's
long-term issuer and senior unsecured ratings, and the outlook on
Clydesdale Bank PLC's deposit rating are now Stable. This is in
line with the outlook on Nationwide's long-term deposit and senior
unsecured debt ratings, and reflects Moody's view that the asset
quality of the newly combined Group will remain resilient, and
capital will remain strong.
On 1 October 2024, following the
completion of the acquisition, both S&P and Fitch announced
rating actions.
S&P upgraded the Group's
long-term issuer credit rating to BBB from BBB- and Clydesdale Bank
PLC's long-term issuer credit rating to A from A-. This reflects
S&P's view of the Group's status within the new Nationwide
group as highly strategic and that the Group will benefit from a
higher-rated parent's support. Following the rating actions, the
outlook was changed to stable from CreditWatch Positive, reflecting
S&P's view that Nationwide will continue to deliver a resilient
performance and maintain a robust balance sheet, while mitigating
the execution risks arising from the acquisition given the gradual
integration timeline.
Fitch upgraded the Group's
long-term issuer default rating to A- from BBB+ and affirmed
Clydesdale Bank PLC's long-term issuer default rating at A-. The
upgrade to the Group's rating reflects Fitch's view that the Group
will benefit from a very high likelihood of support from
Nationwide, while execution risks are mitigated by transitional
resolution arrangements and a conservative and gradual integration
process. For the same reasons, at the same time, Fitch assigned
Clydesdale Bank PLC a new deposit rating of A, one notch above its
long-term issuer default rating. Following the rating actions, the
outlook was changed to Stable from Rating Watch Positive, mirroring
the outlook on Nationwide.
Net interest income
Earnings sensitivity measures calculate the
change in NII over a 12-month period resulting from an
instantaneous and parallel change in interest rates. +/- 25 basis
point shocks and +/- 100 basis point shocks represent the primary
NII sensitivities assessed internally, though a range of scenarios
are assessed on a monthly basis.
12 months NII sensitivity
|
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
+25 basis point parallel
shift
|
12
|
11
|
+100 basis point parallel
shift
|
54
|
42
|
-25 basis point parallel
shift
|
(20)
|
(11)
|
-100 basis point parallel
shift
|
(63)
|
(45)
|
Risk management
Financial risk
Net interest income (continued)
Sensitivities disclosed reflect the expected
mechanical response to a movement in rates and represent a prudent
outcome. The sensitivities are indicative only and should not be
viewed as a forecast. The key assumptions and limitations are
outlined below:
· The
sensitivities are calculated based on a static balance sheet and it
is assumed there is no change to margins on reinvestment of
maturing fixed rate products.
· There are no
changes to basis spreads with the rate change passed on in full to
all interest rate bases.
· Administered rate
products receive a rate pass on in line with internal scenario
specific pass on assumptions. Any rate reduction in a rate fall
scenario is subject to product floors with the assumption customer
rates would not go negative.
· Additional
commercial pricing responses and management actions are not
included.
· While in
practice hedging strategy would be reviewed in light of changing
market conditions, the sensitivities assume no changes over the
12-month period.
Structural hedge
The Group operates a structural
hedging programme to manage interest rate risk on rate insensitive
balances. The structural hedge is used to mitigate any volatility
in the prevailing rate environment by smoothing NII, with a
weighted average life of around 2.5 years.
LIBOR replacement
All regulatory milestones in
relation to LIBOR cessation have been met and there are no conduct
issues to note.
At 30 September 2024, the Group
holds no LIBOR exposure, in any currency, on the balance sheet (30
September 2023: £0.9m remained on three-month GBP synthetic
LIBOR).
Statement of Directors'
responsibilities
The Directors confirm that to the best of
their knowledge these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted
International Accounting Standard 34 'Interim Financial Reporting'
(IAS 34) and that the interim management report
includes:
a)
|
an indication of important events that have
occurred during the 12 months ended 30 September 2024 and their
impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements
and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the
remaining six months of the extended financial period to 31 March
2025; and
|
|
|
b)
|
material related party transactions in the 12
months ended 30 September 2024 and any material changes in the
related party transactions described in the last Annual Report of
Virgin Money UK PLC.
|
Signed by order of the Board
Chris Rhodes
Chief
Executive Officer
26 November
2024
Independent review report to
Virgin Money UK PLC
Conclusion
We have been engaged by Virgin
Money UK PLC (the Company) to review the condensed set of financial
statements in the interim financial report for the six and twelve
month periods ended 30 September 2024 which comprises the Interim
condensed consolidated income statement, Interim condensed
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, Interim condensed
consolidated balance sheet, Interim condensed consolidated
statement of changes in equity, Interim condensed consolidated
statement of cash flows and the related explanatory notes 1.1 to
5.6. We have read the other information contained in the interim
financial report and considered whether it contains any apparent
misstatements or material inconsistencies with the information in
the condensed set of financial statements.
Based on our review, nothing has
come to our attention that causes us to believe that the condensed
set of financial statements in the interim financial report for the
six and twelve month periods ended 30 September 2024 is not
prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with UK adopted
International Accounting Standard 34.
Basis for Conclusion
We conducted our review in
accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements (UK)
2410 "Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the
Independent Auditor of the Entity" (ISRE) issued by the Financial
Reporting Council. A review of interim financial information
consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for
financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other
review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an
audit conducted in accordance
with International Standards on Auditing (UK) and consequently does
not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all
significant matters that might be identified in an audit.
Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
As disclosed in note 1, the annual
financial statements of the Company together with its subsidiary
undertakings (which together comprise the Group) are prepared in
accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. The
condensed set of financial statements included in this interim
financial report has been prepared in accordance with UK adopted
International Accounting Standard 34, "Interim Financial
Reporting".
Conclusions Relating to Going Concern
Based on our review procedures,
which are less extensive than those performed in an audit as
described in the Basis for Conclusion section of this report,
nothing has come to our attention to suggest that management have
inappropriately adopted the going concern basis of accounting or
that management have identified material uncertainties relating to
going concern that are not appropriately disclosed.
This conclusion is based on the
review procedures performed in accordance with this ISRE, however
future events or conditions may cause the entity to cease to
continue as a going concern.
Responsibilities of the Directors
The Directors are responsible for
preparing the interim financial report in accordance with UK
adopted International Accounting Standard 34.
In preparing the interim financial
report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative
but to do so.
Auditor's Responsibilities for the review of the financial
information
In reviewing the interim financial
report, we are responsible for expressing to the Company a
conclusion on the condensed set of financial statements in the
interim financial report. Our conclusion, including our Conclusions
Relating to Going Concern, are based on procedures that are less
extensive than audit procedures, as described in the Basis for
Conclusion paragraph of this report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the
Company in accordance with guidance contained in International
Standard on Review Engagements (UK) 2410 "Review of Interim
Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the
Entity" issued by the Financial Reporting Council. To the fullest
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the Company, for our work, for this report, or
for the conclusions we have formed.
Ernst & Young LLP
Edinburgh
26 November 2024
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated income
statement
|
|
6 months
to
|
12 months
to
|
6 months
to
|
12
months to
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
(unaudited)
|
(unaudited)
|
(audited)
|
|
Note
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Interest income
|
|
2,467
|
4,851
|
2,122
|
3,830
|
Other similar interest
|
|
1
|
3
|
1
|
3
|
Interest expense and similar
charges
|
|
(1,564)
|
(3,091)
|
(1,288)
|
(2,146)
|
Net interest income
|
2.1
|
904
|
1,763
|
835
|
1,687
|
Gains less losses on financial
instruments at fair value
|
|
-
|
(6)
|
2
|
(12)
|
Other operating income
|
|
94
|
164
|
76
|
152
|
Non-interest income
|
2.2
|
94
|
158
|
78
|
140
|
Total operating income
|
|
998
|
1,921
|
913
|
1,827
|
Operating and administrative
expenses before impairment losses
|
2.3
|
(635)
|
(1,186)
|
(639)
|
(1,173)
|
Operating profit before impairment losses
|
|
363
|
735
|
274
|
654
|
Impairment losses on credit
exposures
|
|
(84)
|
(177)
|
(165)
|
(309)
|
Profit on ordinary activities before tax
|
|
279
|
558
|
109
|
345
|
Tax expense
|
2.4
|
(137)
|
(180)
|
(43)
|
(99)
|
Profit for the period
|
|
142
|
378
|
66
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shareholders
|
|
102
|
312
|
40
|
192
|
Other equity holders
|
|
40
|
66
|
26
|
54
|
Profit for the period
|
|
142
|
378
|
66
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share
(pence)
|
2.5
|
7.9
|
23.9
|
3.0
|
14.0
|
Diluted earnings per share
(pence)
|
2.5
|
7.8
|
23.8
|
3.0
|
13.9
|
All material items dealt with in arriving at
the profit before tax for the periods relate to continuing
activities.
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral
part of these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements.
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
|
Note
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Profit for the period
|
|
|
142
|
|
378
|
|
66
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Items that may be
reclassified to the income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in cash flow hedge
reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Losses)/gains during the period
|
4.1.5
|
|
(87)
|
|
(390)
|
|
162
|
|
(268)
|
Transfers
to the income statement
|
4.1.5
|
|
(16)
|
|
(53)
|
|
(3)
|
|
(12)
|
Taxation
thereon - deferred tax credit/(expense)
|
4.1.5
|
|
28
|
|
122
|
|
(44)
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
(75)
|
|
(321)
|
|
115
|
|
(203)
|
Change in FVOCI
reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses
during the period
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
(34)
|
|
(1)
|
|
(49)
|
Transfers
to the income statement
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
Taxation
thereon - deferred tax credit
|
|
|
6
|
|
10
|
|
-
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
(25)
|
|
(1)
|
|
(36)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total items that may be
reclassified to the income statement
|
|
|
(88)
|
|
(346)
|
|
114
|
|
(239)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Items that will not be
reclassified to the income statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
defined benefit pension plan
|
|
|
(24)
|
|
(113)
|
|
(123)
|
|
(544)
|
Taxation
thereon - deferred tax credit
|
|
|
6
|
|
46
|
|
44
|
|
188
|
Taxation
thereon - current tax credit/(expense)
|
|
|
-
|
|
2
|
|
(1)
|
|
1
|
Total items that will not be
reclassified to the income statement
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
(65)
|
|
(80)
|
|
(355)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive
(losses)/gains, net of tax
|
|
|
(106)
|
|
(411)
|
|
34
|
|
(594)
|
Total comprehensive
gains/(losses) for the period, net of tax
|
|
|
36
|
|
(33)
|
|
100
|
|
(348)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributable
to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary
shareholders
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
(99)
|
|
74
|
|
(402)
|
Other
equity holders
|
|
|
40
|
|
66
|
|
26
|
|
54
|
Total comprehensive
gains/(losses) attributable to equity holders
|
|
|
36
|
|
(33)
|
|
100
|
|
(348)
|
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral
part of these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements.
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated balance
sheet
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
As at 30 September
|
Note
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
At amortised cost
|
3.1.1
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to
customers
|
3.1.1.1
|
71,226
|
|
72,191
|
Cash and balances with central
banks
|
|
10,695
|
|
11,282
|
Due from other banks
|
|
518
|
|
667
|
At FVOCI
|
|
6,087
|
|
6,184
|
At FVTPL
|
3.1.2
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to
customers
|
3.1.2.1
|
52
|
|
59
|
Derivatives
|
3.1.2.2
|
44
|
|
135
|
Other
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
Intangible assets and
goodwill
|
|
152
|
|
173
|
Deferred tax
|
2.4
|
218
|
|
193
|
Defined benefit pension
assets
|
3.2
|
429
|
|
512
|
Other assets
|
|
360
|
|
388
|
Total assets
|
|
89,783
|
|
91,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
At amortised cost
|
3.1.1
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
69,816
|
|
66,827
|
Debt securities in
issue
|
3.1.1.2
|
9,155
|
|
9,719
|
Due to other banks
|
3.1.1.3
|
3,002
|
|
6,939
|
At FVTPL
|
3.1.2
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
3.1.2.2
|
191
|
|
290
|
Deferred tax
|
2.4
|
107
|
|
179
|
Provisions for liabilities and
charges
|
3.3
|
38
|
|
69
|
Other liabilities
|
|
1,993
|
|
2,156
|
Total liabilities
|
|
84,302
|
|
86,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Share capital and share
premium
|
4.1.1
|
140
|
|
143
|
Other equity
instruments
|
4.1.2
|
693
|
|
594
|
Capital reorganisation
reserve
|
4.1.3
|
(839)
|
|
(839)
|
Merger reserve
|
4.1.4
|
2,128
|
|
2,128
|
Other reserves
|
|
176
|
|
528
|
Retained earnings
|
|
3,183
|
|
3,053
|
Total equity
|
|
5,481
|
|
5,607
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
89,783
|
|
91,786
|
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral
part of these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements.
These interim condensed consolidated financial
statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 November
2024 and were signed on its behalf
by:
|
|
Chris Rhodes
|
Clifford Abrahams
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Company name: Virgin Money UK PLC,
Company number: 09595911
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated statement of
changes in equity
|
|
|
|
|
Other
reserves
|
|
|
|
Share
capital and share premium
|
Other
equity
instruments
|
Capital
reorg' reserve
|
Merger
reserve
|
Own
shares held
|
Capital
redemption reserve
|
Deferred
shares reserve
|
Equity
based comp' reserve
|
FVOCI
reserve
|
Cash
flow hedge reserve
|
Retained
earnings
|
Total
equity
|
Note
|
4.1.1
|
4.1.2
|
4.1.3
|
4.1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1.5
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
As at 1 October 2022(1)
|
148
|
666
|
(839)
|
2,128
|
-
|
3
|
11
|
10
|
43
|
699
|
3,471
|
6,340
|
Profit for the period
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
246
|
246
|
Other comprehensive
(losses)/income net of tax
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(36)
|
(203)
|
(355)
|
(594)
|
Total comprehensive losses for the
period
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(36)
|
(203)
|
(109)
|
(348)
|
AT1 distributions paid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(54)
|
(54)
|
Dividends paid to ordinary
shareholders
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(148)
|
(148)
|
Ordinary shares issued
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
Share buyback
|
(7)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
7
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(112)
|
(112)
|
Purchase of own shares
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(2)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(2)
|
Transfer from equity based
compensation reserve
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(4)
|
-
|
-
|
4
|
-
|
Equity based compensation
expensed
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
Settlement of Virgin Money
Holdings (UK) PLC share awards
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(5)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
(4)
|
AT1 redemption
|
-
|
(72)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(72)
|
As at 30 September 2023(1)
|
143
|
594
|
(839)
|
2,128
|
(2)
|
10
|
6
|
11
|
7
|
496
|
3,053
|
5,607
|
Profit for the period
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
378
|
378
|
Other comprehensive losses net of
tax
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(25)
|
(321)
|
(65)
|
(411)
|
Total comprehensive
(losses)/income for the period
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(25)
|
(321)
|
313
|
(33)
|
AT1 distributions paid
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(66)
|
(66)
|
Dividends paid to ordinary
shareholders
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(52)
|
(52)
|
Ordinary shares issued
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
Share buyback
|
(5)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(63)
|
(63)
|
Purchase of own shares
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(11)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(11)
|
Transfer from equity based
compensation reserve
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(8)
|
-
|
-
|
8
|
-
|
Equity based compensation
expensed
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
7
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
7
|
Settlement of Virgin Money
Holdings (UK) PLC share awards
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
8
|
-
|
(4)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(5)
|
(1)
|
Acceleration of equity based
compensation expense on court sanction date
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
4
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
4
|
Impact of share schemes moving
from equity settled to cash settled on court sanction
date
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(6)
|
-
|
-
|
(2)
|
(9)
|
AT1 issuance
|
-
|
346
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
346
|
AT1 redemption
|
-
|
(247)
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(3)
|
(250)
|
As at 30 September 2024(1)
|
140
|
693
|
(839)
|
2,128
|
(5)
|
15
|
1
|
8
|
(18)
|
175
|
3,183
|
5,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The balances as at 1 October 2022
and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to
30 September 2023 have been audited; the movements in the 12 month
period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral
part of these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements.
Financial statements
Interim condensed consolidated statement of
cash flows
|
|
12 months
to
|
|
|
12
months to
|
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
Note
|
£m
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit on ordinary activities
before tax
|
|
558
|
|
|
345
|
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash or non-operating items
included in profit before tax
|
|
(1,483)
|
|
|
(1,207)
|
|
Changes in operating
assets
|
|
490
|
|
|
(544)
|
|
Changes in operating
liabilities
|
|
1,863
|
|
|
284
|
|
Payments for short-term and low
value leases
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Interest received
|
|
4,639
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
(1,972)
|
|
|
(1,173)
|
|
Tax paid
|
|
(38)
|
|
|
(48)
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
4,056
|
|
|
954
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest received
|
|
315
|
|
|
232
|
|
Proceeds from sale and maturity of
financial assets at FVOCI
|
|
1,709
|
|
|
1,868
|
|
Purchase of financial assets at
FVOCI
|
|
(1,401)
|
|
|
(2,950)
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property,
plant and equipment
|
|
3
|
|
|
1
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and
equipment
|
|
(7)
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Purchase and development of
intangible assets
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
Acquisition of controlled
entities
|
|
(20)
|
|
|
-
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing
activities
|
|
593
|
|
|
(869)
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
(982)
|
|
|
(742)
|
|
Repayment of principal portions of
lease liabilities
|
5.3
|
(22)
|
|
|
(24)
|
|
Issuance of RMBS and covered
bonds
|
5.3
|
500
|
|
|
1,826
|
Redemption and principal repayment
on RMBS and covered bonds
|
5.3
|
(894)
|
|
|
(1,012)
|
Issuance of medium-term
notes/subordinated debt
|
5.3
|
641
|
|
|
747
|
|
Redemption and principal repayment
on medium-term notes/subordinated debt
|
5.3
|
(998)
|
|
|
(432)
|
|
Issuance of AT1
securities
|
|
347
|
|
|
-
|
|
Redemption of AT1
securities
|
|
(250)
|
|
|
(72)
|
|
Amounts repaid under the
TFSME
|
5.3
|
(3,250)
|
|
|
(1,000)
|
|
Share buybacks and purchase of own
shares
|
|
(83)
|
|
|
(112)
|
|
AT1 distributions
|
4.1
|
(66)
|
|
|
(54)
|
|
Ordinary dividends paid
|
4.1
|
(52)
|
|
|
(148)
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
(5,109)
|
|
|
(1,023)
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
(460)
|
|
|
(938)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the
beginning of the period
|
|
11,673
|
|
|
12,611
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the
period
|
|
11,213
|
|
|
11,673
|
|
The notes on pages 62 to 82 form an integral
part of these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed consolidated
financial statements
Section 1: Basis of preparation and
accounting policies
Overview
These interim condensed
consolidated financial statements for the six months ended 30
September 2024 have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted IAS
34. They do not include all the information required by IASs in
full annual financial statements and should therefore be read in
conjunction with the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts which
was prepared in accordance with UK adopted IASs. Copies of the 2023
Annual Report and Accounts are available from the Group's website
at
https://www.virginmoneyukplc.com/investor-relations/results-and-reporting/annual-reports/.
The UK Finance Code for Financial
Reporting Disclosure (the Disclosure Code) sets out disclosure
principles together with supporting guidance in respect of the
financial statements of UK banks. The Group has adopted the
Disclosure Code and these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements have been prepared in compliance with the Disclosure
Code's principles. Terminology used in these interim condensed
consolidated financial statements is consistent with that used in
the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
The information in these interim
condensed consolidated financial statements is unaudited and does
not constitute annual accounts within the meaning of Section 434 of
the Companies Act 2006 (the Act). Statutory accounts for the year
ended 30 September 2023 have been delivered to the Registrar of
Companies and contained an unqualified audit report under Section
495 of the Act, which did not draw attention to any matters by way
of emphasis and did not contain any statements under Section 498 of
the Act.
1.1
Going
concern
The Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in
operational existence for at least the next 12 months from the date
the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are
authorised for issue, and that the Group is well placed to manage
its business risks successfully. Accordingly, they continue to
adopt the going concern basis in preparing these interim condensed
consolidated financial statements. In reaching this assessment, the
Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to
present and future conditions, including future projections of
profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital
resources. These considerations include potential impacts from top
and emerging risks, stress scenarios, and the related impact on
profitability, capital and liquidity.
On 1 October 2024 the Company was
acquired by Nationwide. The Directors' going concern assessment has
focussed on the current Board approved strategy, with consideration
of integration related risks and the monitoring and mitigation
activities around them. Nationwide has publicly stated that in the
medium term, the Group will continue to operate as a separate legal
entity within the combined Nationwide group, with a separate board
of directors and a banking licence held by Clydesdale Bank PLC.
Following completion, Nationwide is working with the Group's
management to undertake a detailed review of the Group which will
include, among other considerations, an appraisal of the short and
long-term objectives, strategy, and potential of the Group within
the Nationwide group structure. Nationwide expects that this review
will be completed within approximately 18 months from the
acquisition date. The Directors expect that Nationwide will manage
any consequential changes to Group capital, funding sources and
strategy in a controlled manner which ensures the Group continues
to meet all regulatory capital and funding requirements and can
continue to operate as a going concern for at least the next 12
months from the date the interim condensed consolidated financial
statements are authorised for issue. This
expectation reflects Nationwide's approach to the management of the
combined group following acquisition, including the downstreaming
of capital to mitigate the impact of transaction related
adjustments on the Group as set out in note 5.6.
Looking ahead, the Group will
continue to focus on supporting customers and maintaining
operational stability while supporting Nationwide in its 18-month
strategic review of Virgin Money and gradual approach to
integration. Further details are contained in the Nationwide's
Interim Results for the period ended 30 September 2024.
1.2 Accounting
policies
The accounting policies adopted in
the preparation of these interim condensed consolidated financial
statements are consistent with those policies followed in the
preparation of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts except
for those policies highlighted in note 1.4. Comparatives are
presented on a basis that conforms to the current presentation
unless stated otherwise.
1.3 Critical
accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial
statements requires the use of certain critical accounting
estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosed
amounts of contingent liabilities. Assumptions made at each balance
sheet date are based on best estimates at that date. Although the
Group has internal control systems in place to ensure that best
estimates can be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from
those estimated. There has been no change
to the areas where the Group applies critical accounting estimates
and judgements compared to those shown in the Group's 2023 Annual
Report and Accounts.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 1: Basis of preparation and accounting policies
(continued)
1.3 Critical
accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
There have been no material
changes to the main accounting estimates and judgements for EIR
from the detail disclosed in note 2.1 of the Group's Annual Report
and Accounts for the year ended 30 September 2023 however there
have been some methodology changes for credit card EIR as described
below.
EIR
The EIR is determined at initial
recognition based upon the Group's best estimate of the future cash
flows of the financial instrument over its expected life. Where
these estimates are subsequently revised, a present value
adjustment to the carrying value of the asset is recognised in
profit or loss. Such adjustments can introduce income statement
volatility and consequently the EIR method is a source of
estimation uncertainty.
Mortgages
For mortgage products the main
accounting estimates and judgements when calculating the EIR
continue to be the product life (including assumptions based on
observed historic customer behaviour when in a standard variable
rate (SVR) period) and the applicable SVR. As at 30 September 2024,
a total EIR adjustment of £200m (30 September 2023: £209m) has been
recognised for mortgages. This represented 0.4% (30 September 2023:
0.4%) of the balance sheet carrying value of gross loans and
advances to customers for mortgage lending. The net impact of the
mortgage EIR adjustments on the income statement in the period was
a charge representing (0.5)% of gross customer interest income for
mortgages (12 months to 30 September 2023: a credit in the year
representing 0.5% of gross customer interest income for
mortgages).
Credit cards
During the period, the credit card
EIR methodology has been reviewed with a view to simplifying the
approach. This has allowed the Group to remove the temporary
macro-economic adjustments that were previously applied at 30
September 2023, which has been compensated by the Group reducing
the expectation of future balances.
Key assumptions continue to be
yield and balance attrition. Yield is a function of the Interest
Bearing Balance (IBB) and the Annual Percentage Rate charged to
customers. Balance attrition is a function of customer activity and
repayment expectations. IBB and balance attrition is impacted by
customer behaviour and while there is evidence to support the
expected IBB and balance attrition assumptions, there is inherent
risk that this data may differ in the future. The Group has
embedded a reduced expectation of future balances as part of the
methodology review and has applied an average IBB of 53.7% and a
long run average attrition rate of 4.4% per month.
As at 30 September 2024, a total
EIR adjustment of £370m (30 September
2023: £259m) has been recognised for credit cards. This
represented 5.9% (30 September 2023: 4.5%) of the
balance sheet carrying value of gross loans and advances to
customers for credit cards. The impact of the net credit card EIR
adjustments on the income statement was a credit in the period
representing 16.5% of gross customer interest income for credit
cards (30 September 2023: charge in the year representing (6.2)% of
gross customer interest income for credit cards).
Sensitivity analysis (mortgages and credit
cards)
There are inter-dependencies
between the key assumptions which add to the complexity of the
judgements the Group has to make. This means that no single factor
is likely to move independently of others, however, the
sensitivities disclosed below assume all other assumptions remain
unchanged.
Sensitivity impact on the mortgage EIR
adjustment
|
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
+/- 1 month change to the timing
of customer repayments, redemptions and product
transfers
|
14/(14)
|
21/(18)
|
50bps increase to the BoE base
rate not passed through to the Group's SVR
|
(45)
|
(42)
|
The new simplified approach for
the credit card EIR methodology reduces the exposure to customer
behaviours at the end of the promotional period and therefore the
sensitivities for the current period have been updated accordingly.
These now consider IBB and balance attrition assumptions over the
full expected life rather than focusing on the post-promotional
period.
Sensitivity impact on the credit card EIR
adjustment
|
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
|
+/- 5 ppts change to
post-promotional IBB assumption(1) (9.1% relative
increase/decrease)
|
n/a
|
25/(26)
|
|
+/- 5 ppts change to IBB
assumption (9.3% relative increase/decrease)
|
48/(47)
|
n/a
|
|
+/- 0.5 ppts change to
post-promotional monthly balance attrition rate (33% relative
increase/decrease)
|
n/a
|
(7)/7
|
|
+/- 0.5 ppts change to monthly
balance attrition rate (16% relative increase/decrease)
|
(18)/21
|
n/a
|
|
(1)
|
Where the IBB assumption is already
equal to or less than 50% IBB, no further adjustment has been made
on the basis this already represents a downside economic
stress.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 1: Basis of preparation and accounting policies
(continued)
1.3 Critical
accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
The simplified credit card EIR
methodology incorporates a reduced expectation of future balances
in order to mitigate the inherent judgement and estimation
uncertainty that exists in determining the EIR
adjustment.
The sensitivities disclosed above
are provided in the context of the Group's policies and practices
adopted at the balance sheet date. Following the acquisition of the
Group by Nationwide on 1 October 2024, the Group has made changes
to EIR accounting for both mortgage and credit cards to align with
Nationwide. These changes have a material impact on EIR adjustments
after the balance sheet date. Refer to note 5.6 for further
information.
1.4 Accounting
developments
The Group adopted the following
pronouncements from the International Accounting Standards Board
(IASB) in the period, none of which have had a material
impact:
· Amendments to IAS 8
'Accounting Policies and Accounting Estimates':
This was issued in February 2021 (applicable for
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023) and
received endorsement for use in the UK in November 2022. The
amendments clarify what changes in accounting estimates are and how
these differ from changes in accounting policies and corrections of
errors.
· Amendments to IAS 12
'Income Tax': Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities
Arising from a Single Transaction. This was issued in May 2021 (applicable for accounting
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023) and received
endorsement for use in the UK in November 2022. The amendments
provide a further exception from the initial recognition exemption.
Under the amendments, an entity does not apply the initial
recognition exemption for transactions that give rise to equal
taxable and deductible temporary differences.
· International Tax Reform -
Pillar 2 Model Rules: Amendments to IAS
12. This
was issued in May 2023 (with additional disclosure requirements
applicable for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January
2023, although some paragraphs were for immediate application) and
received endorsement for use in the UK in July 2023. The amendments
introduce a mandatory temporary exception to the accounting for
deferred taxes arising from the implementation of the Organisation
for Economic Co-operation and Development Pillar 2 model rules,
together with targeted disclosure requirements for affected
entities (further detail on how this has been reflected in UK tax
legislation can be found in note 2.4).
Amendments to IAS 1 'Presentation of financial
statements' and IFRS Practice Statement 2
'Making materiality
judgements' which were issued in February 2021 (applicable
for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023) and
endorsed for use in the UK by the UK Endorsement Board in November
2022 was early adopted by the Group with effect from 1 October
2022.
The IASB has issued a number of
new amended International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) in
the current and previous periods that are not mandatory for the
current reporting period and have not been early adopted by the
Group. The majority of these are not expected to have a material
impact for the Group.
IFRS 18 'Primary Financial Statements - General
Presentation and Disclosures' was issued on 9 April 2024 and
is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January
2027 (subject to UK endorsement). The new Standard will replace IAS
1 'Presentation of Financial Statements' and while much of IAS 1
has been retained in IFRS 18, there are a number of new
requirements whose aim is to help entities improve how they
communicate their financial performance to investors. These include
i) the presentation of new defined subtotals in the income
statement; ii) the disclosure of management-defined performance
measures; and iii) enhanced requirements for grouping (aggregation
and disaggregation) of information. Whilst the changes are a few
years away from becoming mandatory, the Group is currently
analysing the full potential impacts of the new Standard and
expects IFRS 18 will alter the way certain information is presented
but will not have a material effect on the values that are
ultimately reported.
Changes in the period - Expected credit losses
(ECL)
During the period, the Group
reviewed the existing staging approach for credit cards in the
Unsecured portfolio which focused on the triggers that move
exposures from Stage 1 (requiring a 12-month ECL calculation) to
Stage 2 (requiring a lifetime ECL calculation). The overall impact
of these changes has been a reduction of £31m in the modelled ECL
in the Unsecured portfolio.
1.5 Presentation of risk
disclosures
Certain disclosures outlined in
IFRS 7 'Financial Instruments:
Disclosures' concerning the nature and extent of risks
relating to financial instruments have been included within the
risk management section of this report.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial
statements
Section 2: Results for the
period
2.1 Net interest
income
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Interest
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and
advances to customers
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
3,948
|
|
1,714
|
|
3,150
|
Loans and
advances to other banks
|
|
|
310
|
|
581
|
|
262
|
|
435
|
Financial
assets at FVOCI
|
|
|
160
|
|
322
|
|
146
|
|
245
|
Total interest
income
|
|
|
2,467
|
|
4,851
|
|
2,122
|
|
3,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other similar
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
assets at FVTPL
|
|
|
1
|
|
3
|
|
1
|
|
3
|
Total other similar
interest
|
|
|
1
|
|
3
|
|
1
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: interest expense and
similar charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer
deposits
|
|
|
(1,090)
|
|
(2,076)
|
|
(764)
|
|
(1,233)
|
Debt
securities in issue
|
|
|
(333)
|
|
(684)
|
|
(307)
|
|
(537)
|
Due to
other banks
|
|
|
(138)
|
|
(326)
|
|
(215)
|
|
(372)
|
Other
interest expense
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
(5)
|
|
(2)
|
|
(4)
|
Total interest expense and
similar charges
|
|
|
(1,564)
|
|
(3,091)
|
|
(1,288)
|
|
(2,146)
|
Net interest
income
|
|
|
904
|
|
1,763
|
|
835
|
|
1,687
|
2.2 Non-interest
income
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
|
Gains less losses on financial
instruments at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held for trading
derivatives
|
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
|
4
|
|
1
|
|
Financial assets at
fair value(1)
|
|
|
-
|
|
2
|
|
(3)
|
|
2
|
|
Ineffectiveness
arising from fair value hedges
|
|
|
(29)
|
|
(50)
|
|
19
|
|
33
|
|
Amounts recycled to
profit and loss from cash flow hedges(2)
|
|
|
26
|
|
56
|
|
4
|
|
2
|
|
Ineffectiveness
arising from cash flow hedges
|
|
|
1
|
|
(16)
|
|
(22)
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
(6)
|
|
2
|
|
(12)
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net fee and
commission income
|
|
|
73
|
|
133
|
|
62
|
|
128
|
|
Margin on foreign
exchange derivative brokerage
|
|
|
11
|
|
21
|
|
10
|
|
19
|
|
Gain on sale of
financial assets at FVOCI
|
|
|
1
|
|
1
|
|
-
|
|
1
|
|
Share of JV loss
after tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
Other
income
|
|
|
9
|
|
10
|
|
4
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
164
|
|
76
|
|
152
|
|
Total non-interest
income
|
|
|
94
|
|
158
|
|
78
|
|
140
|
|
(1)
|
Included within financial assets at
fair value is a credit risk gain on loans and advances at fair
value of £Nil for the 6 months to 30 September 2024 and £Nil for
the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (6 months to 30 September 2023:
£Nil, 12 months to 30 September 2023: £Nil) and a fair value gain
on equity investments of £Nil for the 6 months to 30 September 2024
and £Nil for the 12 months to 30 September 2024 (6 months to 30
September 2023: £1m, 12 months to 30 September 2023: £2m
gain).
|
(2)
|
In respect of de-designated cash
flow hedges where the swap was subsequently re-designated in a fair
value hedge.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group's unrecognised share of
profit or loss in JVs for the 6 months to 30 September 2024 was £2m
loss and for the 12 months to 30 September 2024 £1m profit (6
months to 30 September 2023: £3m loss, 12 months to 30 September
2023: £6m loss). For loss-making entities, subsequent profits
earned are not recognised until previously unrecognised losses are
extinguished. On a cumulative basis, the Group's unrecognised share
of losses net of unrecognised profits of JVs is £14m (12 months to
30 September 2023: £15m).
On 2 April 2024 the Group acquired
the remaining c50% ordinary share capital of Virgin Money Unit
Trust Managers Limited (UTM), a JV with abrdn, for £20m. UTM is now
a wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to the acquisition date, the Group
classed UTM as a JV accounted for under the equity method. Details
of the acquisition are shown in note 5.5.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period
(continued)
2.2 Non-interest
income (continued)
Non-interest income includes the
following fee and commission income disaggregated by product
type:
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
|
Current account and debit card
fees
|
|
|
48
|
|
96
|
|
48
|
|
100
|
|
Credit
cards
|
|
|
34
|
|
63
|
|
35
|
|
63
|
|
Insurance, protection
and investments
|
|
|
15
|
|
18
|
|
3
|
|
7
|
|
Other
fees(1)
|
|
|
8
|
|
15
|
|
8
|
|
16
|
|
Total fee and
commission income
|
|
|
105
|
|
192
|
|
94
|
|
186
|
|
Total fee and
commission expense
|
|
|
(32)
|
|
(59)
|
|
(32)
|
|
(58)
|
|
Net fee and commission
income
|
|
|
73
|
|
133
|
|
62
|
|
128
|
|
(1)
|
Includes mortgages, invoice and
asset finance and ATM fees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 Operating and
administrative expenses before impairment losses
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Staff
costs
|
|
|
275
|
|
503
|
|
241
|
|
432
|
Property and
infrastructure
|
|
|
17
|
|
47
|
|
40
|
|
74
|
Technology and
communications
|
|
|
68
|
|
136
|
|
68
|
|
130
|
Corporate and
professional services
|
|
|
143
|
|
241
|
|
131
|
|
240
|
Depreciation,
amortisation and impairment
|
|
|
50
|
|
94
|
|
63
|
|
116
|
Other
expenses
|
|
|
82
|
|
165
|
|
96
|
|
181
|
Total operating and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
635
|
|
1,186
|
|
639
|
|
1,173
|
Staff costs comprise the following
items:
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
|
Salaries and
wages
|
|
|
156
|
|
303
|
|
143
|
|
275
|
|
Social security
costs
|
|
|
17
|
|
35
|
|
17
|
|
32
|
|
Defined contribution
pension expense
|
|
|
31
|
|
62
|
|
29
|
|
56
|
|
Defined benefit
pension credit
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
(25)
|
|
(26)
|
|
(50)
|
|
Compensation costs
|
|
|
192
|
|
375
|
|
163
|
|
313
|
|
Equity based
compensation(1)
|
|
|
13
|
|
19
|
|
2
|
|
6
|
|
Bonus
awards
|
|
|
36
|
|
48
|
|
14
|
|
22
|
|
Performance costs
|
|
|
49
|
|
67
|
|
16
|
|
28
|
|
Redundancy and
restructuring
|
|
|
4
|
|
7
|
|
6
|
|
7
|
|
Temporary staff
costs
|
|
|
11
|
|
20
|
|
12
|
|
24
|
|
Other
|
|
|
19
|
|
34
|
|
44
|
|
60
|
|
Other staff costs
|
|
|
34
|
|
61
|
|
62
|
|
91
|
|
Total staff costs
|
|
|
275
|
|
503
|
|
241
|
|
432
|
|
(1)
|
Includes National Insurance on
equity based compensation. On sanction of
the Scheme by the Court, on 27 September 2024, existing share
awards vested. At this date, the share-based payment charge was
accelerated because there are no remaining service or performance
conditions. For some employees who are Material Risk Takers, whilst
the awards vested on Court Sanction, they are still being delivered
over the original vesting schedule to meet PRA
regulations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period
(continued)
2.4
Taxation
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Current tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
period
|
|
|
51
|
|
98
|
|
9
|
|
36
|
Adjustment in respect
of prior periods
|
|
|
3
|
|
2
|
|
-
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
100
|
|
9
|
|
38
|
Deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
period
|
|
|
83
|
|
80
|
|
35
|
|
65
|
Adjustment in respect
of prior periods
|
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
80
|
|
34
|
|
61
|
Tax expense for the
period
|
|
|
137
|
|
180
|
|
43
|
|
99
|
The tax assessed for the period differs from
that arising after applying the standard rate of corporation tax in
the UK of 25% (2023: 22%). A reconciliation from the expense
implied by the standard rate to the actual tax expense is as
follows:
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Profit on
ordinary activities before tax
|
|
|
279
|
|
558
|
|
109
|
|
345
|
Tax
expense based on the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of
25% (2023: 22%)
|
|
|
70
|
|
140
|
|
24
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effects of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disallowable expenses
|
|
|
13
|
|
12
|
|
4
|
|
5
|
Conduct
indemnity adjustment
|
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
(1)
|
|
(1)
|
Deferred
tax assets derecognised
|
|
|
55
|
|
63
|
|
19
|
|
19
|
Impact of
rate changes (charge/(credit))
|
|
|
3
|
|
(27)
|
|
4
|
|
9
|
AT1
distribution
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
(17)
|
|
(6)
|
|
(12)
|
Banking
surcharge
|
|
|
4
|
|
7
|
|
-
|
|
5
|
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
|
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
|
(1)
|
|
(2)
|
Tax expense for the
period
|
|
|
137
|
|
180
|
|
43
|
|
99
|
The Group's effective tax rate
is 32.2% (12
months ended 30 September 2023: 28.7%). This is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax due
to loss de-recognition as a result of changes to future forecast
profits. The credit for the 12 months to
30 September 2024, arising from rate changes in the period relates
to the impact of the reduction in the authorised surplus payments
charge rate from 35% to 25% with effect from 6 April 2024, which
applies to the Group's defined benefit pension scheme.
The Group has recognised deferred
tax in relation to the following items in the balance sheet, income
statement, and statement of other comprehensive income:
Movement in deferred tax asset/(liability)
|
Acquisition
accounting
adjustments
£m
|
Cash
flow
hedge reserve
£m
|
Gains on
financial
instruments at
FVOCI
£m
|
Tax
losses
carried
forward
£m
|
Capital
allowances
£m
|
Other
temporary
differences
£m
|
Total
deferred
tax assets
£m
|
Defined
benefit
pension scheme
surplus
£m
|
Total
deferred
tax liabilities
£m
|
As at 1 October
2022(1)
|
(8)
|
(267)
|
(16)
|
302
|
111
|
24
|
146
|
(350)
|
(350)
|
Income statement
credit/(charge)
|
2
|
1
|
-
|
(35)
|
(8)
|
(4)
|
(44)
|
(17)
|
(17)
|
Other comprehensive income
credit
|
-
|
77
|
14
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
91
|
188
|
188
|
As at 30 September
2023(1)
|
(6)
|
(189)
|
(2)
|
267
|
103
|
20
|
193
|
(179)
|
(179)
|
Income statement
credit/(charge)
|
1
|
1
|
(1)
|
(91)
|
(9)
|
(7)
|
(106)
|
26
|
26
|
Deferred taxes acquired in
business combinations
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
(4)
|
(1)
|
-
|
-
|
Other comprehensive income
credit
|
-
|
122
|
10
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
132
|
46
|
46
|
As at 30 September 2024(1)
|
(5)
|
(66)
|
7
|
179
|
94
|
9
|
218
|
(107)
|
(107)
|
(1)
|
The balances as at 1 October 2022
and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to
30 September 2023 have been audited; the balances and movements in
the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited.
|
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 2: Results for the period
(continued)
2.4
Taxation
(continued)
The deferred tax assets and liabilities
detailed above arise primarily in Clydesdale Bank
PLC which has a right to offset current tax assets against current
tax liabilities and is party to a Group Payment Arrangement for
payments of tax to HMRC. Therefore, in accordance with IAS 12,
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities have also been
offset in this period where they relate to payments of income tax
to this tax authority.
The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets
of £89m (30 September 2023: £21m) on £356m gross losses (30
September 2023: £83m) valued at the mainstream rate of 25%
representing tax losses whose use is not forecast within the
foreseeable future.
The Group has assessed the likelihood of
recovery of the deferred tax assets at 30 September 2024, and
considers it probable that sufficient future taxable profits will
be available over the corporate planning horizon against which the
underlying deductible temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that they are
expected to be utilised within six years of the balance sheet
date. If, instead of six years, the period were five or seven
years, the total recognised deferred tax asset would decrease to
£171m or increase to £265m respectively. If Group taxable
profit forecasts were 10% lower than anticipated, the total
deferred tax asset would be £202m. If Group
taxable profit forecasts were 10% higher than anticipated, the
deferred tax asset would be £234m. All tax assets arising will be
used within the UK.
Other temporary differences
include deferred tax assets for the IFRS 9 transitional adjustment
of £7m and equity-based compensation of £5m (30 September 2023: £9m
and £5m respectively) offset by a deferred tax liability on the
customer intangible asset created on the acquisition of the
remaining c50% of UTM in April 2024 (note 5.5).
On 11 July 2023, the UK Government enacted
legislation to implement the G20-OECD Inclusive Framework Pillar 2
rules in the UK, including a Qualified Domestic Minimum Top-Up Tax
rule. This legislation, applicable to both wholly domestic groups
and multinationals, seeks to ensure that large UK-headquartered
enterprises pay a minimum tax rate of 15% on UK and overseas
profits. The legislation is effective for accounting periods
beginning on or after 31 December 2023. As highlighted at note 5.6,
the Company was acquired by Nationwide on 1 October 2024. This will
be the first (tax) accounting period for which the Group is in
scope of the Pillar 2 legislation; it will form part of the
Nationwide group assessment in Nationwide's consolidated March 2025
Annual Report and Accounts.
There is a transitional 'safe harbour' regime
which aims to reduce the compliance burden in the early years of
the legislation. Where a group elects to use this regime and meets
a minimum effective tax rate then no top-up tax arises. No material
impact of Pillar 2 is expected for members of the Nationwide group,
including Virgin Money, as it is UK-based; the standard rate of
corporation tax in the UK is 25% (28% where the banking surcharge
is relevant). However, as the effective tax rate will depend upon
financial results at the time of each periodic assessment, no
forward-looking assurance can be provided. The IAS 12 exemption to
recognise and disclose information about deferred tax assets and
liabilities related to Pillar 2 income taxes has been
applied.
2.5 Earnings per
share
|
6 months
to
|
12 months
to
|
6 months
to
|
12
months to
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
(unaudited)
|
(unaudited)
|
(unaudited)
|
(audited)
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Profit attributable to ordinary
equity holders for the purposes of basic and diluted EPS
|
102
|
312
|
40
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 months
to
|
12 months
to
|
6 months
to
|
12
months to
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
No. of
shares
|
No. of
shares
|
No. of
shares
|
No. of
shares
|
Weighted-average number of ordinary
shares in issue (millions)
|
|
|
|
|
- Basic
|
1,294
|
1,305
|
1,365
|
1,375
|
Adjustment for share awards made
under equity based compensation schemes
|
6
|
7
|
5
|
4
|
- Diluted
|
1,300
|
1,312
|
1,370
|
1,379
|
Basic earnings per share
(pence)
|
7.9
|
23.9
|
3.0
|
14.0
|
Diluted earnings per share
(pence)
|
7.8
|
23.8
|
3.0
|
13.9
|
Basic earnings per share has been
calculated after deducting 4m ordinary shares for the 12 months to
30 September 2024 (12 months to 30 September 2023: 0.2m)
representing the weighted average of the Group's holdings of its
own shares.
Note 4.1 provides details of the
share buyback programme.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and
liabilities
3.1 Financial
instruments
3.1.1
Financial instruments at amortised cost
3.1.1.1 Loans and
advances to customers
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
(audited)
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Gross loans and advances to
customers
|
|
71,940
|
|
73,295
|
|
Impairment provisions on credit
exposures(1)
|
|
(602)
|
|
(612)
|
|
Fair value hedge
adjustment
|
|
|
(112)
|
|
(492)
|
|
|
|
|
71,226
|
|
72,191
|
|
(1)
|
ECLs on off-balance sheet exposures
of £4m (30 September 2023: £5m) are presented as part of the
provisions for liabilities and charges balance (note
3.3).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group has a portfolio of fair valued
business loans of £52m (30 September 2023: £59m) which are
classified separately as financial assets at FVTPL (note 3.1.2.1).
Combined with the above this is equivalent to total loans and
advances of £71,278m (30 September 2023: £72,250m).
The fair value hedge adjustment
represents an offset to the fair value movement on hedging
derivatives transacted to manage the interest rate risk inherent in
the Group's fixed rate mortgage portfolio.
The Group has transferred a
proportion of mortgages to the securitisation and covered bond
programmes.
3.1.1.2 Debt
securities in issue
The breakdown of debt securities in issue is
shown below:
30 September 2024 (unaudited)
|
Medium-term
notes
|
Subordinated
debt
|
Securitisation
|
Covered
bonds
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Debt securities
|
2,567
|
733
|
1,935
|
3,838
|
9,073
|
Accrued interest
|
40
|
8
|
11
|
23
|
82
|
|
2,607
|
741
|
1,946
|
3,861
|
9,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 September 2023
(audited)
|
Medium-term notes
|
Subordinated
debt
|
Securitisation
|
Covered
bonds
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Debt securities
|
2,584
|
938
|
1,729
|
4,392
|
9,643
|
Accrued interest
|
28
|
14
|
11
|
23
|
76
|
|
2,612
|
952
|
1,740
|
4,415
|
9,719
|
Key movements in the period are
shown in the table below(1). Full details of all notes
in issue can be found at
https://www.virginmoneyukplc.com/investor-relations/debt-investors/.
|
12 months to 30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
|
12
months to 30 Sep 2023 (audited)
|
|
|
Issuances
|
Redemptions
|
Issuances
|
Redemptions
|
|
|
Denomination
|
£m
|
Denomination
|
£m
|
Denomination
|
£m
|
Denomination
|
£m
|
|
Medium term notes
|
EUR
|
641
|
EUR
|
748
|
EUR,
GBP
|
747
|
EUR
|
432
|
|
Subordinated debt
|
-
|
-
|
GBP
|
250
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
Securitisation
|
GBP
|
500
|
GBP
|
294
|
GBP
|
900
|
USD,
GBP
|
1,012
|
|
Covered bonds
|
-
|
-
|
GBP
|
600
|
EUR,
GBP
|
926
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
1,892
|
|
2,573
|
|
1,444
|
|
(1)
|
Other movements relate to foreign
exchange, hedging adjustments and the capitalisation and
amortisation of issuance costs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities
(continued)
3.1 Financial
instruments (continued)
3.1.1
Financial instruments at amortised cost
(continued)
3.1.1.2 Debt
securities in issue (continued)
The following tables provide a
breakdown of the medium-term notes and subordinated debt by
instrument (excluding accrued interest):
Medium-term notes
|
30 Sep
2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
VM UK 3.125% fixed-to-floating
rate callable senior notes due 2025
|
-
|
300
|
VM UK 4% fixed rate reset callable
senior notes due 2026
|
486
|
463
|
VM UK 3.375% fixed rate reset
callable senior notes due 2026
|
344
|
330
|
VM UK 4% fixed rate reset callable
senior notes due 2027
|
374
|
350
|
VM UK 2.875% fixed rate reset
callable senior notes due 2025
|
-
|
418
|
VM UK 4.625% fixed rate reset
callable senior notes due 2028
|
422
|
421
|
VM UK 7.625% fixed rate reset
callable senior notes due 2029
|
311
|
302
|
VM UK 4% fixed rate reset callable
senior notes 2028
|
630
|
-
|
|
2,567
|
2,584
|
Subordinated debt
|
30 Sep
2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
VM UK 7.875% fixed rate reset
callable subordinated notes due 2028
|
-
|
|
250
|
VM UK 5.125% fixed rate reset
callable subordinated notes due 2030
|
452
|
|
424
|
VM UK 2.625% fixed rate reset
callable subordinated notes due 2031
|
281
|
|
264
|
|
733
|
|
938
|
3.1.1.3 Due to other
banks
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Secured loans
|
2,988
|
|
6,291
|
|
Securities sold under agreements
to repurchase(1)
|
|
-
|
552
|
|
Transaction balances with other
banks
|
2
|
|
19
|
|
Deposits from other
banks
|
12
|
|
77
|
|
|
3,002
|
|
6,939
|
|
(1)
|
There are no underlying securities
sold under agreements to repurchase as at 30 September 2024
(carrying value of underlying securities sold under agreements to
repurchase at 30 September 2023: £1,047m). In the prior year, these
related to mortgage assets as well as internally held debt
securities, backed by mortgage assets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secured loans comprise amounts
drawn under the TFSME schemes (including accrued
interest).
3.1.2
Financial instruments at fair value through profit or
loss
3.1.2.1 Loans and
advances
Included in financial assets at FVTPL is a
historical portfolio of loans. Interest rate risk associated with
these loans is managed using interest rate derivative contracts and
the loans are recorded at fair value to avoid an accounting
mismatch. The maximum credit exposure of the loans is £52m (30
September 2023: £59m). The cumulative loss in the fair value of the
loans attributable to changes in credit risk amounts to £1m (30
September 2023: £1m).
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities
(continued)
3.1 Financial
instruments (continued)
3.1.2
Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
(continued)
3.1.2.2 Derivative
financial instruments
The tables below analyse derivatives between
those designated as hedging instruments and those classified as
held for trading:
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
(audited)
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Fair value of derivative financial assets
|
|
|
Designated as hedging
instruments
|
16
|
|
96
|
Designated as held for
trading
|
|
28
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
135
|
Fair value of derivative financial
liabilities
|
Designated as hedging
instruments
|
147
|
|
204
|
Designated as held for
trading
|
|
44
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
290
|
Cash collateral totalling £151m (30 September
2023: £267m) has been pledged and £4m has been received (30
September 2023: £33m) in respect of derivatives with other banks.
These amounts are included within due from and due to other banks
respectively. Net collateral received from clearing houses, which
did not meet offsetting criteria, totalled £Nil (30 September 2023:
£116m) and is included within other assets and other
liabilities.
The derivative financial instruments held by
the Group are further analysed below. The notional contract amount
is the amount from which the cash flows are derived and does not
represent the principal amounts at risk relating to these
contracts.
|
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
|
30 Sep
2023 (audited)
|
|
Total derivative contracts
|
Notional contract
amount
|
Fair value
of assets
|
Fair value
of
liabilities
|
Notional
contract amount
|
Fair
value
of
assets
|
Fair
value
of
liabilities
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging
instruments
|
|
Cash flow hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
(gross)
|
31,563
|
|
394
|
|
165
|
|
51,185
|
|
1,295
|
|
545
|
|
Less: net settled interest rate
swaps(1)
|
(31,460)
|
|
(384)
|
|
(162)
|
|
(49,888)
|
|
(1,222)
|
|
(531)
|
|
Interest rate swaps
(net)(2)
|
103
|
|
10
|
|
3
|
|
1,297
|
|
73
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value hedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
(gross)(3)
|
23,760
|
|
691
|
|
816
|
|
19,203
|
|
1,219
|
|
862
|
|
Less: net settled interest rate
swaps(1)
|
(23,060)
|
|
(691)
|
|
(804)
|
|
(18,113)
|
|
(1,206)
|
|
(820)
|
|
Interest rate swaps
(net)(2)
|
700
|
|
-
|
|
12
|
|
1,090
|
|
13
|
|
42
|
|
Cross currency
swaps(2)
|
2,477
|
|
6
|
|
132
|
|
2,350
|
|
10
|
|
148
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
6
|
|
144
|
|
3,440
|
|
23
|
|
190
|
|
Total derivatives designated as hedging
instruments
|
3,280
|
|
16
|
|
147
|
|
4,737
|
|
96
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as held for trading
|
|
|
Foreign exchange rate related contracts
|
|
|
|
Spot and forward foreign
exchange(2)
|
579
|
|
8
|
|
6
|
|
654
|
|
7
|
|
9
|
|
Options(2)
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
579
|
|
8
|
|
6
|
|
654
|
|
7
|
|
9
|
|
Interest rate related contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
(gross)
|
1,997
|
|
30
|
|
30
|
|
1,910
|
|
47
|
|
50
|
|
Less: net settled interest rate
swaps(1)
|
(911)
|
|
(22)
|
|
(5)
|
|
(753)
|
|
(43)
|
|
(1)
|
|
Interest rate swaps
(net)(2)
|
1,086
|
|
8
|
|
25
|
|
1,157
|
|
4
|
|
49
|
|
Swaptions(2)
|
10
|
-
|
-
|
|
1
|
|
10
|
|
-
|
|
1
|
|
Options(2)
|
1,260
|
|
5
|
|
5
|
|
1,067
|
|
16
|
|
16
|
|
|
2,356
|
|
13
|
|
31
|
|
2,234
|
|
20
|
|
66
|
|
Commodity related contracts
|
128
|
|
7
|
|
7
|
|
167
|
|
12
|
|
11
|
|
Total derivatives designated as held for
trading
|
3,063
|
|
28
|
|
44
|
|
3,055
|
|
39
|
|
86
|
|
(1)
|
Presented within other assets and
other liabilities.
|
|
(2)
|
Presented within derivative
financial instruments.
|
|
(3)
|
Includes inflation and interest
rate risk related swaps with a notional of £1,480m and a fair value
liability of £431m. These swaps are centrally cleared and net
settled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities
(continued)
3.1 Financial
instruments (continued)
3.1.2
Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
(continued)
3.1.2.2 Derivative
financial instruments (continued)
Derivatives transacted to manage
the Group's interest rate exposure on a net portfolio basis are
accounted for as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges as
appropriate. Derivatives traded to manage interest rate, inflation
and currency risk on certain fixed rate assets held for liquidity
management, including UK Government Gilts, are accounted for as
fair value hedges.
The Group hedging positions also
include those designated as foreign currency and interest rate
hedges of debt issued from the Group's securitisation and covered
bond programmes. As such, certain derivative financial assets and
liabilities have been booked in structured entities and
consolidated within these financial statements.
The Group has no remaining hedge
relationships exposed to LIBOR and as no uncertainty remains
regarding interest rate benchmark reform, the Group no longer
applies the reliefs provided by 'Interest Rate Benchmark Reform -
Phase 1 and Phase 2 amendments' to hedge accounting.
3.1.3
Fair value of financial instruments
This section should be read in
conjunction with note 3.1.4 of the Group's 2023 Annual Report and
Accounts, which provides more detail about accounting policies
adopted and valuation methodologies used in calculating fair value.
There have been no changes in the accounting policies adopted or
the valuation methodologies used. Fair value measurements are
assigned to Level 1, 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy depending
on the significance of the inputs used in determining fair value
(Level 1 being the lowest and Level 3 being the
highest).
(a) Fair value of financial
instruments recognised on the balance sheet at amortised
cost
The tables below show a comparison
of the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities
measured at amortised cost, and their fair values where these are
not approximately equal. The financial assets and liabilities
exclude certain financial instruments presented within other assets
and other liabilities relating to accruals, trade receivables,
trade payables and settlement balances which are classified as
amortised cost.
There are various limitations
inherent in this fair value disclosure, particularly where prices
are derived from unobservable inputs due to some financial
instruments not being traded in an active market. The difference
between carrying value and fair value is relevant in a trading
environment but is not relevant to balances such as loans and
advances to customers and customer deposits.
|
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
value
|
Fair value
|
|
Carrying
value
|
Fair
value
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and advances to
customers(1)
|
|
|
71,226
|
|
71,612
|
|
72,191
|
|
71,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer
deposits(2)
|
|
|
|
69,816
|
|
69,806
|
|
66,827
|
|
66,625
|
Debt securities in
issue(3)
|
|
|
|
9,155
|
|
9,293
|
|
9,719
|
|
9,788
|
Due to other
banks(2)
|
|
|
|
3,002
|
|
3,002
|
|
6,939
|
|
6,959
|
(1)
|
Categorised as Level 3 in the fair
value hierarchy with the exception of £1,114m (30 September 2023:
£1,085m) of overdrafts which are categorised as Level 2.
|
|
(2)
|
Categorised as Level 2 in the fair
value hierarchy.
|
|
(3)
|
Categorised as Level 2 in the fair
value hierarchy with the exception of £3,438m of listed debt (30
September 2023: £3,597m) which is categorised as Level
1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities
(continued)
3.1 Financial
instruments (continued)
3.1.3
Fair value of financial instruments (continued)
(b) Fair value of financial
instruments recognised on the balance sheet at fair
value
The following tables provide an analysis of
financial instruments that are measured at fair value, using the
fair value hierarchy described above:
|
Fair value measurement as
at
|
Fair
value measurement as at
|
|
|
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
|
30 Sep
2023 (audited)
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Total
|
|
Level
1
|
|
Level
2
|
|
Level
3
|
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
Financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held at FVOCI
|
6,087
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
6,087
|
|
6,184
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
6,184
|
|
Loans and advances to
customers
|
-
|
|
52
|
|
-
|
|
52
|
|
-
|
|
59
|
|
-
|
|
59
|
|
Derivatives
|
-
|
|
44
|
|
-
|
|
44
|
|
-
|
|
135
|
|
-
|
|
135
|
Other
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
2
|
|
2
|
|
Total financial assets at fair value
|
6,087
|
|
96
|
|
2
|
|
6,185
|
|
6,184
|
|
194
|
|
2
|
|
6,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
-
|
|
191
|
|
-
|
|
191
|
|
-
|
|
290
|
|
-
|
|
290
|
|
Total financial liabilities at fair value
|
-
|
|
191
|
|
-
|
|
191
|
|
-
|
|
290
|
|
-
|
|
290
|
|
There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2
in the current or prior period.
3.2 Retirement
benefit obligations
The Group's principal trading subsidiary,
Clydesdale Bank PLC, is the sponsoring employer of the Yorkshire
and Clydesdale Bank Pension Scheme (the Scheme), a defined benefit
pension scheme, which was closed to future benefit accrual for the
majority of current employees on 1 August 2017. The assets of the
Scheme are held in a trustee administered fund, with the Trustee
responsible for the operation and governance of the Scheme,
including making decisions regarding the funding and investment
strategy.
The following table provides a summary of the
fair value of Scheme assets and the present value of the defined
benefit obligation:
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Fair value of Scheme
assets
|
2,823
|
|
2,796
|
Defined benefit
obligation
|
(2,394)
|
|
(2,284)
|
Net defined benefit pension
asset
|
429
|
|
512
|
On 6 April 2023, the Scheme entered into a
longevity swap transaction with Pacific Life Re International
Limited and Zurich Assurance Ltd to manage longevity risk in
relation to c.£1.6bn of pensioner liabilities. The arrangement
provides long term protection to the Scheme against costs resulting
from pensioners or their dependants living longer than currently
expected, enhancing security for Scheme members and reducing risk
for the Group. The fair value of the hedge instrument as at 30
September 2024 is a liability of £27m (30 September 2023:
£Nil).
The latest formal triennial valuation for the
Scheme was undertaken as at 30 September 2022 and reported a
surplus of £256m (previously a surplus of £144m based on Scheme
data and market conditions as at 30 September 2019) and a technical
provision funding level of 109% (previously 103%). The next
triennial valuation will be conducted in the year ending 30
September 2026 based on Scheme data and market conditions as at 30
September 2025.
In June 2023, His Majesty's High Court of
Justice issued a ruling in respect of Virgin Media Limited versus
NTL Pension Trustees II Limited (and others) challenging the
validity of rule amendments made to pension schemes contracted out
on a Reference Scheme Test basis between 6 April 1997 and 5 April
2016. An appeal hearing was subsequently held in June 2024 with the
Court of Appeal upholding the initial High Court determination. The
Group is aware of the resulting request for guidance across the
industry from the Department of Work & Pensions following this
determination. The Scheme Trustees have taken initial legal advice
and await further industry guidance to be issued. Directors have
undertaken a high-level assessment and have concluded that the
likelihood of any impact on member liabilities is
remote.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 3: Assets and liabilities
(continued)
3.3 Provisions for
liabilities and charges
|
Employee
related
costs provision
£m
|
Customer
related
provision
£m
|
Property
provision
£m
|
Off-balance sheet
ECL
provisions
£m
|
Total
£m
|
As at 1 October 2022(1)
|
7
|
13
|
27
|
3
|
50
|
Charge to the income
statement
|
7
|
-
|
24
|
2
|
33
|
Utilised
|
(6)
|
(3)
|
(5)
|
-
|
(14)
|
As at 30 September
2023(1)
|
8
|
10
|
46
|
5
|
69
|
Charge/(credit) to the income
statement
|
10
|
(3)
|
2
|
(1)
|
8
|
Utilised
|
(12)
|
(1)
|
(26)
|
-
|
(39)
|
As at 30 September 2024(1)
|
6
|
6
|
22
|
4
|
38
|
(1)
|
The balances as at 1 October 2022
and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to
30 September 2023 have been audited; the balances and movements in
the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee related costs provision
This includes provision for staff
redundancies and for NIC on equity based compensation. During the
period, provisions of £10m (30 September 2023: £7m) were raised
relating to staff redundancy costs.
Customer related provision
This relates to customer matters,
legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of the
Group's business. A number of these matters are now reaching a
conclusion and the risk that the final amount required to settle
the Group's potential liabilities in these matters being materially
more than the remaining provision is now considered to be
low. Following a review of the final
amounts required £3m was released during the period (30 September
2023: £Nil).
Property provision
This includes costs for stores and
office closures. During the period, provisions of £2m (30 September
2023: £24m) were raised.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 4: Capital
4.1
Equity
4.1.1
Share capital and share premium
|
|
|
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Share capital
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
134
|
Share premium
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
143
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number
of
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
shares
|
|
shares
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Ordinary shares of £0.10 each - allotted, called up, and
fully paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening ordinary share
capital
|
1,344,640,968
|
|
1,408,530,988
|
|
134
|
|
141
|
Issued under employee share
schemes
|
816,743
|
|
3,947,282
|
|
1
|
|
-
|
Share buyback programme
|
(48,985,025)
|
|
(67,837,302)
|
|
(5)
|
|
(7)
|
Closing ordinary share
capital
|
1,296,472,686
|
|
1,344,640,968
|
|
130
|
|
134
|
The holders of ordinary shares are
entitled to dividends as declared and are entitled to one vote per
share at meetings of the shareholders of the Company. All shares in
issue at 30 September 2024 rank equally with regard to the
Company's residual assets.
The following dividends were
declared in the current and prior periods:
· A
final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 September 2022 of
7.5p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £103m, was
paid in March 2023.
· An
interim dividend in respect of the year ended 30 September 2023 of
3.3p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £45m, was paid
in June 2023.
· A
final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 September 2023 of
2.0p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £26m, was paid
in March 2024.
· An
interim dividend in respect of the period ending 31 March 2025 of
2.0p per ordinary share in the Company, amounting to £26m, was paid
in July 2024.
The following share buybacks have
been announced in the current and prior periods:
· On
30 June 2022, the Company announced an initial repurchase of up to
£75m which commenced on 30 June 2022 and ended on 9 December
2022.
· On
21 November 2022, the Company announced an extension to the share
buyback programme to purchase a further £50m. The buyback extension
commenced on 21 November 2022 and ended on 7 March 2023.
· On 2
August 2023, the Company announced a new share buyback programme to
repurchase £50m. The buyback commenced on 2 August 2023 and ended
on 22 November 2023. Under this buyback programme, the Company
returned £13m to shareholders in the current period.
· On
23 November 2023, the Company announced a further share buyback
to repurchase another £150m, ending no later than 16 May 2024. On 2
April 2024, the Company announced the full cancellation of the
remaining programme following the publicised proposed cash
acquisition of the Group by Nationwide. Under this buyback
programme, the Company returned £63m to shareholders.
49m ordinary shares (30 September
2023: 68m), with a nominal value of £5m (30 September 2023: £7m),
were repurchased in the period for a total consideration of £76m
(30 September 2023: £112m).
Each share buyback programme was
completed in aggregate between the Company's ordinary shares of
£0.10 each listed on the London Stock Exchange and CDIs, each
representing one share, listed on the Australian Securities
Exchange. The Company repurchased shares and CDIs in approximately
equal proportions. All shares repurchased were cancelled and the
nominal value of the share cancellation transferred to the capital
redemption reserve with the premium paid deducted from retained
earnings.
Share premium represents the
aggregate of all amounts that have ever been paid above par value
to the Company when it has issued ordinary shares.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 4: Capital
(continued)
4.1 Equity
(continued)
A description of the other equity
categories included within the statements of changes in equity,
together with any significant movements during the period, is
provided below.
4.1.2
Other equity instruments
Other equity instruments comprises
AT1 capital which consists of the following Perpetual Contingent
Convertible Notes:
|
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
|
30 Sep
2023 (audited)
|
|
Carrying
value
£m
|
Nominal
value
£m
|
Carrying
value
£m
|
Nominal
value
£m
|
|
Perpetual securities (fixed 9.25%
up to the first reset date) issued on 13 March 2019 with an
optional redemption on 8 June 2024.
|
-
|
-
|
247
|
250
|
Perpetual securities (fixed 8.25%
up to the first reset date) issued on 17 June 2022 with an optional
redemption on 17 June 2027.
|
347
|
350
|
347
|
350
|
Perpetual securities (fixed 11.0%
up to the first reset date) issued on 8 December 2023 with an
optional redemption on 8 December 2028.
|
346
|
350
|
-
|
-
|
|
693
|
700
|
594
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On 6 December 2023, perpetual securities
(fixed 9.25% up to the first reset date) issued on 13 March 2019
totalling £105m were redeemed. The remaining £142m were redeemed on
the optional redemption date of 8 June 2024.
The issuances are treated as equity
instruments in accordance with IAS 32 'Financial Instruments: Presentation'
with the proceeds included in equity, net of transaction costs,
which is the difference between the nominal and carrying values.
AT1 distributions of £66m were paid in the period (12 months ended
30 September 2023: £54m).
4.1.3
Capital reorganisation reserve
The capital reorganisation reserve of £839m
was recognised on the issuance of the Company's ordinary shares in
February 2016 in exchange for the acquisition of the entire share
capital of the Group's previous parent company, CYB Investments
Limited (CYBI). The reserve reflects the difference between the
consideration for the issuance of the Company's shares and CYBI's
share capital and share premium.
4.1.4
Merger reserve
A merger reserve of
£633m was recognised on the issuance of the Company's ordinary
shares in February 2016 in exchange for the acquisition of the
entire share capital of CYBI. An additional £1,495m was recognised
on the issuance of the Company's ordinary shares in October 2018 in
exchange for the acquisition of the entire share capital of Virgin
Money Holdings (UK) PLC. The merger reserve reflects the difference
between the consideration for the issuance of the Company's shares
and the nominal value of the shares issued.
4.1.5 Cash
flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve
represents the effective portion of cumulative post-tax gains and
losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments
that will be recycled to the income statement when the hedged items
affect profit or loss.
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Opening cash flow hedge
reserve
|
496
|
|
699
|
Amounts recognised in other comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedge - interest rate risk
|
|
|
|
Effective portion of changes in
fair value of interest rate swaps
|
(390)
|
|
(268)
|
Amounts transferred to the income
statement
|
(53)
|
|
(12)
|
Taxation
|
122
|
|
77
|
Closing cash flow hedge
reserve
|
175
|
|
496
|
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
5.1
Contingent
liabilities and commitments
The table below sets out the amounts of
financial guarantees and commitments which are not recorded on the
balance sheet. Financial guarantees and commitments are
credit-related instruments which include acceptances, letters of
credit, guarantees and commitments to extend credit. The amounts do
not represent the amounts at risk at the balance sheet date but the
amounts that would be at risk should the contracts be fully drawn
upon and the customer default. Since a significant portion of
guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being
drawn upon, the total of the contract amounts is not representative
of future liquidity requirements.
|
30 Sep
2024
|
|
30 Sep
2023
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(audited)
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Guarantees and assets pledged as
collateral security:
|
|
|
|
Due in less than 3
months
|
10
|
|
12
|
Due between 3 months and 1
year
|
25
|
|
18
|
Due between 1 year and 3
years
|
10
|
|
8
|
Due between 3 years and 5
years
|
3
|
|
1
|
Due after 5 years
|
37
|
|
40
|
|
85
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
Other credit commitments
|
|
|
|
Undrawn formal standby facilities,
credit lines and other commitments to lend at call
|
17,580
|
|
17,921
|
Other contingent liabilities
Conduct risk
related matters and legal claims
There continues to be uncertainty with
judgement required in determining the quantum of conduct risk
related liabilities, with note 3.3 reflecting the Group's current
position where a provision can be reliably estimated. Until all
matters are resolved the final amount required to settle the
Group's potential liabilities for conduct related matters remains
uncertain.
The Group will continue to reassess the
adequacy of provisions for these matters and the assumptions
underlying the calculations at each reporting date based upon
experience and other relevant factors at that time.
The Group's subsidiary, Clydesdale Bank PLC,
along with its former parent company, National Australia Bank
Limited, is a defendant in nine separate claims (comprising 904
individual claimants) co-ordinated by the claims management
company, RGL Management Limited, in connection with (i) the payment
of break costs and (ii) the composition of fixed interest rates,
both, in respect of historic tailored business loans. On 19 March
2024 His Majesty's High Court delivered its judgment in the first
and fourth claims dismissing all claims made against Clydesdale
Bank PLC and National Australia Bank Limited. Costs have been
awarded in favour of Clydesdale Bank PLC and National Australia
Bank Limited. The Claimants have appealed parts of the
judgment. The appeal hearing is listed to take place
on 16-20 June 2025. No provision has been made in
these interim condensed consolidated financial statements in
respect of the current claims, nor any other claims of a similar
nature which may be brought by other claimants.
The Group is named in and is defending a
number of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business.
No material adverse impact on the financial position of the Group
is expected to arise from the ultimate resolution of these legal
actions.
5.2
Related party
transactions
The Group undertakes activity with the
following entities which are considered to be related party
transactions:
Yorkshire and
Clydesdale Bank Pension Scheme (the Scheme)
The Group provides banking
services to the Scheme, with customer deposits of £12m (30
September 2023: £7m). Pension contributions of £6m were made to the
Scheme in the period (12 months ended 30 September 2023:
£7m).
The Group granted a £75m
uncommitted liquidity facility to the Scheme as an additional
contingency against future short-term liquidity challenges
resulting from unexpected market turbulence. There is also a £7m
BACS facility held for the Scheme in relation to payments to the
Scheme's members (30 September 2023: £7m). As at 30 September 2024,
the amount drawn under both facilities was £Nil (30 September
2023: £Nil).
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
(continued)
5.2
Related party
transactions (continued)
JVs
As at 30 September 2024 the Group's value of
investments in JVs is £Nil (30 September 2023:
£10m). The total share of losses recognised in the period was £Nil
(12 months to 30 September 2023: £Nil).
On 2 April 2024 the Group acquired
the remaining c50% ordinary share capital of UTM, a JV with abrdn,
for £20m. UTM is now a wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to the
acquisition date, the Group classed UTM as a JV accounted for under
the equity method. Transactions prior to the acquisition date are
shown in note 5.5.
The Group had the following
transactions with Salary Finance during the period:
· The
Group provides Salary Finance with a revolving credit facility
funding line, of which the current gross lending balance was £234m
(30 September 2023: £290m) and the undrawn facility was £16m (30
September 2023: £60m). The facility is held under Stage 2 for
credit risk purposes (30 September 2023: Stage 2), with an ECL
allowance of £19m (30 September 2023: £22m) held against the
lending. An impairment release of £3m was recognised in the period
(12 months to 30 September 2023: £3m charge). The lending made via
Salary Finance continues to be held as part of the Group's
Unsecured lending portfolio and consists of personal lending to
Salary Finance customers. The Group received £15m of interest
income from Salary Finance in the period (12 months to 30 September
2023: £16m) and holds deposits of £12m (30 September 2023: £10m).
During the period the facility limit was reduced to £250m (30
September 2023: £350m) in line with the reduction in lending. Board
approval for this limit is in place until December 2025, which is
subject to review if circumstances change.
Other related party transactions with Virgin
Group(1)
The Group has related party
transactions with other Virgin Group companies:
· License fees due to Virgin Enterprises for the use of the
Virgin Money brand trademark resulted in payables of £6m (30
September 2023: £5m), with expenses incurred in the period of £19m
(12 months to 30 September 2023: £17m).
· The
Group incurs credit card commissions and air mile charges from
Virgin Atlantic Airways Limited (VAA) in respect of an agreement
between the two parties. Amounts payable to VAA totalled £3m (30
September 2023: £2m) and expenses of £19m were incurred in the
period (12 months to 30 September 2023: £17m).
· The
Group incurs charges and receives commissions concerning the
cashback incentive scheme with Virgin Red Limited in relation to
the credit card, PCA and investment portfolio. Amounts receivable
totalled £0.3m (30 September 2023: £0.2m), amounts payable totalled
£0.2m (30 September 2023: £0.1m) and during the period this
resulted in expenses of £1.5m (12 months to 30 September 2023:
£0.5m) along with income of £1m (12 months to 30 September 2023:
£0.4m).
· The
Group has an arrangement with Virgin Start Up Limited to host a
series of events, podcasts and videos and other digital content.
During the period this resulted in amounts payable of £Nil (30
September 2023: £0.1m) and expenses payable of £0.3m (12 months to
30 September 2023: £0.4m).
· The
Group paid £8m (12 months to 30 September 2023: £20m) of ordinary
dividends to Virgin Group Holdings Limited.
· The
Group provides lending facilities to other Virgin Group companies.
The approved facility limit is £20m (30 September 2023: £20m) with
the current gross lending balance as at 30 September 2024 being
£10m (30 September 2023: £10m). The undrawn facility at 30
September 2024 was £10m (30 September 2023: £10m). During the
period this resulted in interest income of £1m (12 months to 30
September 2023: £0.2m). The facility is
held under Stage 1 for credit risk purposes (30 September 2023:
Stage 1), there are no ECL provisions held
against this facility and it is within the usual parameters for the
current business portfolio with commercial terms that comply with
existing credit policy.
(1)
|
All companies were incorporated in
England and Wales with the exception of Virgin Group Holdings
Limited, which was incorporated in the
British Virgin Islands.
|
Charities
The Group provides banking services to Virgin
Money Foundation which has resulted in customer deposits of £1m
(30 September 2023: £1m). The Group made
donations of £1m in the period (12 months to 30 September 2023:
£1m) to the Foundation to enable it to pursue its charitable
objectives. The Group has also provided a number of support
services to the Foundation on a pro bono basis, including use of
facilities and employee time. The estimated gift in kind for
support services provided during the period was £0.4m (12 months to
30 September 2023: £0.5m).
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
(continued)
5.3 Notes to the
statement of cash flows
|
|
Term funding
schemes(1)
|
Debt securities in
issue
|
Lease
liabilities
|
Total
|
|
|
Note
|
£m
3.1.1.3
|
£m
3.1.1.2
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
As at 1 October
2022(2)
|
|
7,230
|
8,509
|
132
|
15,871
|
|
Cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuances
|
|
-
|
2,573
|
-
|
2,573
|
|
Redemptions
|
|
-
|
(1,444)
|
-
|
(1,444)
|
|
Repayment
|
|
(1,000)
|
-
|
(24)
|
(1,024)
|
|
Tax paid
|
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
|
Non-cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value and other associated
adjustments
|
|
-
|
59
|
-
|
59
|
|
Additions to right-of-use asset in
exchange for increased lease liabilities
|
|
-
|
-
|
76
|
76
|
|
Remeasurement
|
|
-
|
-
|
(6)
|
(6)
|
|
Movement in accrued
interest
|
|
61
|
27
|
3
|
91
|
|
Unamortised costs
|
|
-
|
(5)
|
-
|
(5)
|
|
As at 30 September
2023(2)
|
|
6,291
|
9,719
|
180
|
16,190
|
|
Cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuances
|
|
-
|
1,141
|
-
|
1,141
|
|
Redemptions
|
|
-
|
(1,892)
|
-
|
(1,892)
|
|
Repayment
|
|
(3,250)
|
-
|
(22)
|
(3,272)
|
|
Non-cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value and other associated
adjustments
|
|
-
|
177
|
-
|
177
|
|
Additions to right-of-use asset in
exchange for increased lease liabilities
|
-
|
-
|
2
|
2
|
|
Movement in accrued
interest
|
(53)
|
7
|
5
|
(41)
|
|
Unamortised costs
|
-
|
3
|
-
|
3
|
|
As
at 30 September 2024(2)
|
|
2,988
|
9,155
|
165
|
12,308
|
|
(1)
|
This includes amounts drawn under
the TFS and TFSME.
|
(2)
|
The balances as at 1 October 2022
and 30 September 2023, and the movements in the 12 month period to
30 September 2023 have been audited; the balances and movements in
the 12 month period to 30 September 2024 are unaudited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.4 Segment
information
The Group's operating segments are
operating units engaged in providing different products or services
and whose operating results and overall performance are regularly
reviewed by the Group's Chief Operating Decision Maker, the
Executive Leadership Team.
The Group operates under four
commercial lines: Mortgages, Unsecured, Business, and Deposits,
which are reported through the Managing Director, Business and
Commercial. At this point in time, the business continues to be
reported to the Group's Chief Operating Decision Maker as a single
segment and decisions made on the performance of the Group on that
basis. Segmental information will therefore continue to be
presented on this single segment basis.
|
|
|
6 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months to
30 Sep 2024
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(unaudited)
£m
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2023
(audited)
£m
|
Net interest income
|
|
|
904
|
|
1,763
|
|
835
|
|
1,687
|
Non-interest income
|
|
|
94
|
|
158
|
|
78
|
|
140
|
Total operating income
|
|
|
998
|
|
1,921
|
|
913
|
|
1,827
|
Operating and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
(635)
|
|
(1,186)
|
|
(639)
|
|
(1,173)
|
Impairment losses on credit
exposures
|
|
|
(84)
|
|
(177)
|
|
(165)
|
|
(309)
|
Segment profit before tax
|
|
|
279
|
|
558
|
|
109
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
interest earning assets
|
|
|
90,345
|
|
89,899
|
|
90,042
|
|
89,810
|
The Group has no operations outside the UK and
therefore no secondary geographical area information is presented.
The Group is not reliant on a single customer. Liabilities are
managed on a centralised basis.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
(continued)
5.5 Virgin Money Unit Trust Managers
Limited acquisition
On 2 April 2024 the Group acquired the
remaining c50% of the ordinary share capital of UTM for cash
consideration of £20m and obtained control of UTM. UTM provides
investment management services to retail customers including
general investment accounts, stocks and shares ISAs and a pension
product.
Prior to obtaining control, UTM was a JV with
abrdn, with the Group holding a 50% plus one share equity interest
which it accounted for under the equity method. With UTM having
successfully completed its technology platform migration and
launched the Virgin Money Investments digital platform, taking full
ownership will enable the Group to focus on our expertise in
branding and distribution, while abrdn will continue to provide
investment advisory services.
The goodwill of £10m arising from the
acquisition primarily represents the potential for future new
customer acquisition and related asset under management growth
following the adoption of the modern investment platform. None of
the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax
purposes.
The following tables summarise the
consideration paid for UTM and the amounts of the identifiable
assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognised at the
acquisition date (2 April 2024).
|
£m
|
Consideration
|
|
Cash consideration
transferred
|
20
|
Fair value of the Group's equity
interest in UTM held before the business combination
|
20
|
Consideration attributed to
settlement of pre-existing relationships1
|
(7)
|
Total consideration
|
33
|
|
£m
|
|
Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed
|
|
|
Financial assets
|
16
|
|
Other assets
|
3
|
|
Identifiable intangible
assets
|
4
|
|
Total assets
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities
|
-
|
|
Other liabilities
|
12
|
|
Total liabilities
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
Net
assets
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
Fair value of net assets acquired
|
11
|
|
Goodwill arising on acquisition
|
22
|
|
Total consideration
|
33
|
|
(1)
|
Pre-existing banking, debtor and
creditor relationships between UTM and the Group were deemed to be
settled at carrying value on acquisition with no resulting gains or
losses. These amounts are now eliminated on consolidation and
therefore excluded from recognised assets acquired and liabilities
assumed with the deemed settlement value being deducted from total
consideration.
|
|
|
|
|
The revenue included in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income since 2 April 2024 contributed by
UTM is £12m (recognised within other operating income). UTM also
contributed losses of £1m over the same period. Had UTM been
consolidated from 1 October 2023 the consolidated income statement
would have included total revenue of £23m and losses of £3m
relating to UTM.
In the period prior to the acquisition the
Group received £5m of recharge income (30 September 2023: £9m) from
UTM in accordance with a service level agreement in respect of
resourcing, infrastructure and marketing. The Group provided UTM
with a 30 day notice account with customer deposits of £10m (30
September 2023: £17m) which resulted in interest of £0.3m being
paid to UTM (30 September 2023: £0.5m).
5.6 Post-balance
sheet events
Nationwide's acquisition of Virgin Money
On 1 October 2024 the Company and
Nationwide announced that all the conditions set out in the scheme
of arrangement announced on 21 March 2024 had been satisfied, or
waived, and the scheme had become effective in accordance with its
terms. As a result, the Company was delisted from the London and
Australian Stock Exchange. The completion of the transaction on 1
October 2024 has given rise to the following post balance sheet
impacts for the Group.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
(continued)
5.6 Post-balance
sheet events (continued)
Nationwide's acquisition of Virgin Money
(continued)
Brand licence
agreement
On 22 May 2024, the Company's
shareholders approved amendments to the brand licence agreement
between the Company and Virgin Enterprises, which governs the use
of the 'Virgin Money' brand (the 'TMLA').
A deed of amendment in respect of
the TMLA was then subsequently entered into by the Company and
Virgin Enterprises on 1 October 2024. As previously announced, the
TMLA fee of £250m plus irrecoverable VAT of £50m became due to
Virgin Enterprises following the amendment.
This is a non-adjusting event, and
consequently has not been recognised in the 30 September 2024
interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The TMLA fee
is payable in two equal instalments, with the first paid in October
2024 and the second due in October 2025. The full TMLA fee of £250m
and the irrecoverable VAT on the first instalment of £25m has been
recognised in October 2024. The VAT payable on the second
instalment will be recognised in October 2025 in line with the
scheduled invoice. The full £300m was reflected for regulatory
capital purposes as a foreseeable charge in the period ended 30
September 2024.
Change in accounting
reference date
Following completion of the
Nationwide acquisition, the Group changed its accounting reference
date from 30 September to 31 March to align with the reporting date
of the Group's new parent. The next full
Annual Report and Accounts of the Group will be for the 18-month
period to 31 March 2025.
Changes to accounting
policies
Following completion of the
Nationwide acquisition, the Group also made the following changes
to accounting policies to align with those used by the Group's new
parent. These changes will be presented within the Group's results
for the 18-month period to 31 March 2025.
EIR accounting
The principal changes to the
Group's accounting policies for mortgage and credit card EIR
are:
· Mortgage
EIR: the removal of SVR interest
cash flows at the end of the initial product term and alignment in
approach to ERC methodology; and
· Credit card
EIR: a change to the unit of
account methodology from the current method (whereby the unit of
account is the contract with the customer) to the unit of account
being the balance outstanding at the reporting date.
These changes will require
restatement to previously reported prior periods, which will be
adjusted through opening retained earnings. The pre-tax impact of
this would be as follows:
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
Credit
cards
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
Decrease in retained earnings as
at 1 October 2022
|
|
|
(171)
|
|
(285)
|
|
(456)
|
(Decrease)/increase in retained
earnings as at 30 September 2023
|
|
(7)
|
|
26
|
|
19
|
Total decrease in retained
earnings as at 30 September 2023
|
|
|
(178)
|
|
(259)
|
|
(437)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EIR asset as at 30 September 2023
as reported
|
|
|
209
|
|
259
|
|
468
|
Adjustments as above
|
|
|
(178)
|
|
(259)
|
|
(437)
|
Revised EIR asset as at 1 October
2023
|
|
|
31
|
|
-
|
|
31
|
There will be deferred tax
implications arising from the above adjustments that will be
reported in the Group's Annual Report and Accounts for the 18-month
period to 31 March 2025.
Financial statements
Notes to the interim condensed
consolidated financial statements
Section 5: Other notes
(continued)
5.6 Post-balance
sheet events (continued)
Nationwide's acquisition of Virgin Money
(continued)
In terms of the EIR asset reported
at 30 September 2024, this will be revised through a combination of
the above adjustments and the reversal of income that will be
reflected in the results for the 18-month period to 31 March
2025:
|
|
|
Mortgages
|
|
Credit
cards
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
|
£m
|
EIR asset as at 30 September 2024
(note 1.3)
|
|
|
200
|
|
370
|
|
570
|
Prior period adjustments as
above
|
|
(178)
|
|
(259)
|
|
(437)
|
Current period
adjustments
|
|
(7)
|
|
(111)
|
|
(118)
|
Revised EIR asset as at 30
September 2024
|
|
|
15
|
|
-
|
|
15
|
The current period adjustments
will be tax impacted as part of the Group's results for the
18-month period to 31 March 2025.
Further detail on the Group's EIR
accounting applicable as at 30 September 2024 can be found in note
1.3.
As a result of this change in
accounting policy, EIR accounting will not be presented as a
critical accounting estimate and judgement in future reporting
periods.
Hedge accounting
On 1 October 2024 the Group
adopted the general hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9 to
align with the Nationwide accounting policy. This will impact the Group's micro fair value hedges and the
Group's macro cash flow hedge. The change
is prospective (meaning no restatement of prior periods is
required) and the Group continues to apply IAS 39 fair value hedge
accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedge
accounting).
The changes include:
· the
ability to choose to exclude currency basis spreads from hedge
designation and instead report this element of fair valuation
directly in a hedge reserve within equity;
· the
performance of hedge effectiveness testing on a prospective basis
only, in line with risk management strategy; and
· the
inability to voluntarily de-designate hedging relationships, unless
there has been a change to risk management objectives.
This will not have a material
impact on results and will require the creation of an 'other
hedging reserve' within equity to include the impact of foreign
currency basis spreads.
Further detail on the Group's
hedge accounting applicable as at 30 September 2024 can be found in
note 3.1.2.2.
In addition to the above, there
are other changes the Group will be required to make as a result of
alignments to Nationwide's accounting policies, practice and
presentation in the Group's Annual Report and Accounts for the
18-month period to 31 March 2025. The majority of these are likely
to be presentational adjustments only that will result in
restatements to the prior period primary statements, although some
further adjustment to the opening retained earnings position may
also be necessary.
Ordinary share
issuance
In order to mitigate the effect of
the updates detailed above, on 1 October 2024 the Company issued
298m ordinary shares to Nationwide for cash consideration of £650m,
recognising share capital of £30m and share premium of £620m. This
ordinary share issue ensures the Group's CET1 ratio remains greater
than 13.5% after the impact of the TMLA fee and the changes to
accounting policies noted above. On the same date, the Company
subscribed for 298m ordinary shares issued by Clydesdale Bank PLC
for cash consideration of £650m thereby increasing the investment
in its subsidiary.
Additional
information
Measuring financial
performance
As highlighted within the Business
and financial review and Risk management sections, a range of
metrics are considered that measure and track the Group's
performance. Some of these metrics will be the Group's KPIs, which
are a set of quantifiable measurements used to gauge the Group's
overall long-term performance. Others are not referred to as KPIs,
but are still useful metrics for the Group to reflect on and are
disclosed to aid comparisons with peers.
These metrics fall into two main
categories:
· Financial - which are further split into:
o IFRS based - meaning the basis of the calculation is derived
from a measure that can be found and is directly required under
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP); and
o Non-IFRS based - these are also referred to as APMs and can
be derived from non-GAAP measures.
· Non-Financial - being those that are not directly linked to
the Group's financial performance, but more in relation to other
external factors.
Non-IFRS based financial
performance metrics can be calculated on either a statutory or an
'excluding notable items' basis. Previously, items adjusted from
the Group's statutory position resulted in an 'underlying basis' of
performance. The Group no longer presents results on an underlying
basis, moving instead to a statutory presentation of its income
statement, whilst still providing details of notable items of
income and expenditure. Further detail on each of the notable
items, along with management's reasoning for excluding the impact
of these items from the Group's current 'excluding notable items'
basis, can be found on page 87, directly following this
section.
Refer to pages 372 to 380 of the
Group's 2023 Annual Report and Accounts for a complete listing of
the Group's performance metrics, metric definitions and why they
matter. For financial performance metrics that are arrived at by
way of a calculation, refer below:
Financial performance metrics
Profitability:
Metric
|
KPI
|
Basis
|
Formula
|
Adjusted cost: income
ratio
|
Yes
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Operating and administrative
expenses (excluding notable items) (a)
|
£526m
|
£1,028m
|
£494m
|
£971m
|
BoE Levy (b)
|
£2m
|
£12m
|
-
|
-
|
Total operating income (excluding
notable items) (c)
|
£984m
|
£1,924m
|
£940m
|
£1,873m
|
Cash Ratio Deposit income
(d)
|
£8m
|
£8m
|
-
|
-
|
Adjusted cost: income ((a)-(b))/((c)-(d))
|
53.7%
|
53.0%
|
52.6%
|
51.9%
|
|
Adjusted EPS
|
No
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Adjusted profit after tax
attributable to ordinary equity shareholders (a)
|
£179m
|
£443m
|
£169m
|
£376m
|
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue (b)
|
1,294m
|
1,305m
|
1,365m
|
1,375m
|
Adjusted basic earnings per share
(a)/(b)
|
13.8p
|
33.9p
|
12.5p
|
27.4p
|
|
Adjusted profit after tax
attributable to ordinary equity shareholders
|
No
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Profit before tax (excluding
notable items) (a)
|
£374m
|
£719m
|
£281m
|
£593m
|
Adjusted tax charge (b)
|
£152m
|
£214m
|
£86m
|
£163m
|
AT1 distributions (c)
|
£40m
|
£66m
|
£26m
|
£54m
|
BoE Levy (net of tax)
(d)
|
£2m
|
£9m
|
-
|
-
|
Cash Ratio Deposit income (net of
tax) (e)
|
£5m
|
£5m
|
-
|
-
|
Adjusted profit after tax
attributable to ordinary equity shareholders (a) - (b) - (c) + (d)
- (e)
(a) - (b) - (c) + (d)
|
£179m
|
£443m
|
£169m
|
£376m
|
|
Additional
information
Measuring financial
performance
Financial performance metrics continued
Profitability continued:
Metric
|
KPI
|
Basis
|
Formula
|
Profit before tax (excluding
notable items)
|
No
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Statutory profit before tax
(a)
|
£279m
|
£558m
|
£109m
|
£345m
|
Acquisition accounting unwinds
(b)
|
£6m
|
£15m
|
£26m
|
£29m
|
Hedge ineffectiveness
(c)
|
£3m
|
£11m
|
-
|
£16m
|
Restructuring charges
(d)
|
£23m
|
£56m
|
£78m
|
£131m
|
Financial crime prevention
programme (e)
|
£22m
|
£37m
|
-
|
-
|
Legacy conduct (f)
|
£(7)m
|
£(11)m
|
£8m
|
£12m
|
Other (g)
|
£48m
|
£53m
|
£60m
|
£60m
|
Profit before tax (excluding
notable items)
(a) + (b) + (c) + (d) + (e) + (f)
+ (g)
|
£374m
|
£719m
|
£281m
|
£593m
|
|
Net interest margin
(NIM)
|
No
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
NII (excluding notable items)
(a)
|
£910m
|
£1,778m
|
£861m
|
£1,716m
|
Annualised half year NII (b)
(a)*(366/183) (2023: 365/182)
|
£1,820m
|
£1,778m
|
£1,717m
|
£1,716m
|
Average interest earning assets
(c)
|
£90,345m
|
£89,899m
|
£90,042m
|
£89,810m
|
NIM (b)/((c)
|
2.01%
|
1.98%
|
1.91%
|
1.91%
|
|
Statutory basic earnings per share
(EPS)
|
No
|
IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Statutory profit after tax
attributable to ordinary equity shareholders (a)
|
£102m
|
£312m
|
£40m
|
£192m
|
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue (b)
|
1,294m
|
1,305m
|
1,365m
|
1,375m
|
Statutory basic earnings per share
(a)/(b)
|
7.9p
|
23.9p
|
3.0p
|
14.0p
|
|
Statutory cost: income
ratio
|
No
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Operating and administrative
expenses (a)
|
£635m
|
£1,186m
|
£639m
|
£1,173m
|
Total operating income
(b)
|
£998m
|
£1,921m
|
£913m
|
£1,827m
|
Statutory cost: income ratio (a)/(b)
|
63.6%
|
61.7%
|
70.0%
|
64.2%
|
|
Statutory return on tangible
equity (RoTE)
|
Yes
|
Non-IFRS
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Statutory profit after tax
attributable to ordinary equity shareholders (a)
|
£102m
|
£312m
|
£40m
|
£192m
|
Annualised half year profit after
tax (b) (a)*(366/183) (2023: 365/182)
|
£204m
|
£312m
|
£80m
|
£192m
|
Average tangible equity
(c)
|
£4,713m
|
£4,673m
|
£4,919m
|
£4,971m
|
Statutory RoTE (b)/(c)
|
4.3%
|
6.7%
|
1.6%
|
3.9%
|
|
Lending (Basis - non-IFRS):
Metric
|
KPI
|
Formula
|
Target lending segment asset
growth
|
Yes
|
Target lending segment asset
growth over the year. Target lending is defined as Unsecured
and BAU Business lending. Government lending schemes are no longer
excluded from the lending balance noting these are closed and in
run-off and not considered a significant component of the balance.
Comparatives have not been restated.
|
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Target lending - current period
(a)
|
£16,180m
|
£14,632m
|
Target lending - prior period
(b)
|
£15,257m
|
£13,448m
|
Target lending growth
((a)-(b))/(b)
|
6.0%
|
8.8%
|
|
Additional
information
Measuring financial
performance
Financial performance metrics continued
Lending (Basis - non-IFRS) continued:
Metric
|
KPI
|
Formula
|
Relationship deposits
growth
|
Yes
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Total relationship deposits -
current period (a)
|
£38,235m
|
£35,394m
|
Total relationship deposits - prior
period (b)
|
£35,394m
|
£34,649m
|
Relationship deposit growth
((a)-(b))/(b)
|
8.0%
|
2.2%
|
|
Asset quality (Basis - non-IFRS):
Metric
|
KPI
|
Formula
|
Impairment charge to average
customer loans
(cost of risk)
|
No
|
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Impairment charge (a)
|
£84m
|
£177m
|
£165m
|
£309m
|
Annualised half year impairment
charge (b) (a)* (366/183) (2023: 365/182)
|
£168m
|
£177m
|
£329m
|
£309m
|
Average customer loans
(c)
|
£71,950m
|
£72,391m
|
£72,670m
|
£72,770m
|
Cost of risk (b)/(c)
|
0.23%
|
0.24%
|
0.45%
|
0.42%
|
|
% of loans in Stage 2
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Stage 2 loans (a)
|
£5,278m
|
£6,326m
|
Gross loans and advances
(b)
|
£71,940m
|
£73,295m
|
% of loans in stage 2
(a)/(b)
|
7.3%
|
8.6%
|
|
% of loans in Stage 3
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Stage 3 loans (a)
|
£1,155m
|
£1,080m
|
Gross loans and advances
(b)
|
£71,940m
|
£73,295m
|
% of loans in stage 3
(a)/(b)
|
1.6%
|
1.5%
|
|
Total book coverage
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Impairment provisions on credit
exposures (a)
|
£606m
|
£617m
|
Gross loans and advances
(b)
|
£71,940m
|
£73,295m
|
Total book coverage
(a)/(b)
|
0.84%
|
0.84%
|
|
Stage 2
coverage(1)
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Stage 2 impairment provisions on
credit exposures (a)
|
£323m
|
£400m
|
Stage 2 gross loans and advances
(b)
|
£5,278m
|
£6,305m
|
Total stage 2 book coverage
(a)/(b)
|
6.14%
|
6.33%
|
|
Stage 3
coverage(1)
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Stage 3 impairment provisions on
credit exposures (a)
|
£175m
|
£128m
|
Stage 3 gross loans and advances
(b)
|
£1,155m
|
£920m
|
Total stage 3 book coverage
(a)/(b)
|
18.40%
|
13.93%
|
|
(1)
|
The ratios exclude the
government-backed loan portfolio, unearned income, accrued interest
and fair value adjustments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
information
Measuring financial
performance
Financial performance metrics continued
Capital (Basis - non-IFRS):
Metric
|
KPI
|
Formula
|
Announced shareholder
distributions
|
Yes
|
|
12 months to 30 Sep
2024
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
|
Interim dividend (a)
|
£26m
|
£45m
|
Final dividend (b)
|
n/a
|
£27m
|
Buybacks (c)
|
n/a
|
£200m
|
Statutory profit after tax
attributable to ordinary equity holders (d)
|
£312m
|
£192m
|
Announced shareholder distributions
((a)+(b)+(c))/(d)
|
8%
|
142%
|
|
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio
(IFRS 9 transitional)
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
CET1 capital (IFRS 9 transitional)
(a)
|
£3,629m
|
£3,711m
|
RWA (IFRS 9 transitional)
(b)
|
£26,594m
|
£25,176m
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 transitional)
(a)/(b)
|
13.6%
|
14.7%
|
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 fully
loaded)
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
CET1 capital (IFRS 9 fully loaded)
(a)
|
£3,593m
|
£3,599m
|
RWA (IFRS 9 fully loaded)
(b)
|
£26,565m
|
£25,087m
|
CET1 ratio (IFRS 9 fully loaded)
(a)/(b)
|
13.5%
|
14.3%
|
|
Tier 1 ratio
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Tier 1 capital (a)
|
£4,322m
|
£4,305m
|
RWA (b)
|
£26,594m
|
£25,176m
|
Tier 1 ratio (a)/(b)
|
16.3%
|
17.1%
|
|
Total capital ratio
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Total capital (a)
|
£5,095m
|
£5,327m
|
RWA (b)
|
£26,594m
|
£25,176m
|
Total capital ratio
(a)/(b)
|
19.2%
|
21.2%
|
|
Tangible net asset value
(TNAV) per share
|
No
|
|
30 Sep
2024
|
30 Sep
2023
|
Tangible equity (a)
|
£4,635m
|
£4,840m
|
Number of ordinary shares in issue
(b)
|
1,296m
|
1,345m
|
Deferred shares (c)
|
-
|
2m
|
Own shares held (d)
|
3m
|
1m
|
Tangible net asset value per share
(a)/((b)+(c)-(d))
|
358.3p
|
359.8p
|
|
Additional
information
Measuring financial
performance
Management exclude certain items
from the Group's statutory position to arrive at an 'excluding
notable items' basis. The exclusion of notable items aims to remove
the impact of one-offs and other volatile items which may distort
period-on-period comparisons. Previously, items adjusted from the
Group's statutory position resulted in an 'underlying basis' of
performance. The Group no longer presents results on an underlying
basis, moving instead to a statutory presentation of its income
statement, whilst still providing details of notable items of
income and expenditure. Comparative periods have not been restated
as the 'excluding notable items basis' is directly comparable to
the previously disclosed 'underlying basis'. Management's approach
to notable items is aligned to the European Securities and Markets
Authority (ESMA) guidelines on APMs and recommendations are subject
to review and agreement by the Board Audit Committee. Additional
detail on these items is provided below to help understand their
inclusion as a notable item.
Notable items within operating income
Item
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
Reason for inclusion as a notable
item
|
Acquisition accounting unwinds
|
(6)
|
(15)
|
(26)
|
(29)
|
This consists of the unwind of the
IFRS 3 fair value adjustments created on the acquisition of
Virgin Money Holdings (UK) PLC in October 2018. These represent
either one-off adjustments or are the scheduled reversals of the
accounting adjustments that arose following the fair value exercise
required by IFRS 3. These will continue to be treated as notable
items until the remaining amounts have been fully
reversed.
|
Hedge ineffectiveness
|
(3)
|
(11)
|
-
|
(16)
|
The result of hedge accounting and
fair value movements on derivatives in economic hedges to the
extent they either do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting or
give rise to hedge ineffectiveness. Hedge ineffectiveness largely
represents timing differences that will reverse out over the lives
of derivatives that are used in economic hedges, is often volatile,
and driven by accounting requirements and not generally considered
as a component of the core financial result.
|
Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTM income
|
12
|
12
|
-
|
-
|
The post-acquisition revenue
recognised within UTM since it became a wholly owned subsidiary on
2 April 2024. This was not incorporated in the Group's guidance for
the 12-month period to 30 September 2024, first set in November
2023.
|
UTM acquisition gain
|
11
|
11
|
-
|
-
|
A one-off gain recognised on the
Group's pre-acquisition interest in UTM.
|
UTM transition costs
|
-
|
-
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
These costs relate to UTM's
transformation costs principally for the build of a new platform
for administration and servicing.
|
VISA shares
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1
|
A one-off gain on conversion of
Visa B Preference shares to Series A preference shares.
|
Total
|
14
|
(3)
|
(27)
|
(46)
|
|
Notable items within operating expenses
Item
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
12 months
to
30 Sep
2024
£m
|
6 months
to
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
12
months to
30 Sep
2023
£m
|
Reason for inclusion as a notable
item
|
Restructuring charges
|
(23)
|
(56)
|
(78)
|
(131)
|
These costs relate to the Group's
£275m restructuring programme as first announced alongside the
Group's FY21 results.
|
Financial crime prevention programme
|
(22)
|
(37)
|
-
|
-
|
The Group has initiated a
'financial crime prevention programme' which will deliver
significantly enhanced financial crime, fraud, and cyber security
and controls across the Group's estate and is estimated to cost
c.£130m over 3 years. This is a one-off programme of activity
driving a significant increase in spend.
|
Legacy conduct
|
7
|
11
|
(8)
|
(12)
|
These credits/(costs) are
historical in nature and are not indicative of the Group's current
practices.
|
Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTM expenses
|
(12)
|
(12)
|
-
|
-
|
The post-acquisition operating
expenses recognised within UTM since it became a wholly owned
subsidiary on 2 April 2024. This was not incorporated in the
Group's guidance for the 12-month period to 30 September 2024,
first set in November 2023.
|
Transaction costs
|
(59)
|
(64)
|
-
|
-
|
Costs incurred as a direct
consequence of the Nationwide offer. This includes professional
advisory fees, including incremental audit fees following the
resignation of PwC and appointment of EY.
|
Internally developed software
adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
(47)
|
(47)
|
This is a write-off charge in
relation to the Group's mortgage digitisation programme. Following
an assessment of the progress of the project to upgrade the
mortgage platform and challenges identified during testing,
we anticipate a significant deferral and redesign as we implement
the upgraded capability.
|
Property, plant and equipment, and
investment property adjustments
|
-
|
-
|
(12)
|
(12)
|
£6m of costs related to a data
cleanse exercise conducted on the Group's fixed asset registers
ahead of a migration to a single fixed asset register and a £6m
reduction in the valuation of an investment property due to changes
in market conditions.
|
Total
|
(109)
|
(158)
|
(145)
|
(202)
|
|
Additional
information
Measuring financial
performance
Bank of England (BoE) Levy
The BoE Levy was introduced in
early calendar 2024 and changed the way the BoE funded its monetary
policy costs. Previously, eligible firms placed funds on deposit
(which were non-interest bearing) with the BoE under the Cash Ratio
Deposit (CRD) Scheme which the BoE invested and used the income to
pay for the running of its monetary policy commitments. This
funding model did not provide the BoE with sufficient revenues to
fully meet the running costs incurred and a new funding model (the
BoE Levy) was introduced. Under this new funding model, eligible
firms were required to pay a share of the BoE's monetary policy
funding costs and in return, the funds held by the BoE under the
CRD Scheme were returned to firms which could be used to start
generating income.
The adjusted cost: income ratio,
adjusted profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity
shareholders, and adjusted EPS exclude both the notable items and
the new BoE Levy. Whilst not regarded as a notable item, we believe
that the cost of the new BoE Levy should be excluded from these
specific performance metrics in the current period as its impact on
the Group's results was unclear at the time the FY23 results were
published and this was not clarified until the relevant legislation
required to implement the new BoE Levy was passed in Q1 2024. £10m
was recognised in March 2024(1) as required, and created
a distorted view of the cost: income ratio and EPS in both Q2
and H1 2024. The calculation of the £10m charge was the Group's
best estimate of the liability due under the BoE Levy based on
available information at that time. In the 6 months to 30 September
2024, an additional £2m true-up has been recognised following the
BoE confirming the full extent of the liability due under the new
Levy.
Linked to the above, £8m of
interest income generated from the return of the CRD funds has also
been adjusted within the impacted performance metrics to provide a
more balanced view of the BoE Levy cost impact and the related
income generated from the return of the CRD funds.
(1)
|
The BoE Levy period runs annually
from 1 March to 28 February, with firms liable to pay the Levy if
they are eligible on the first day of the Levy year.
|
Additional information
Glossary
For a glossary of terms and abbreviations used
within this report refer to pages 382 to 387 of the Group's 2023
Annual Report and Accounts.
For terms and abbreviations not previously
included within the Glossary, or where terms have been redefined,
refer below:
Term
|
Definition
|
Nationwide
|
Nationwide Building Society, a
building society authorised by the PRA and regulated by the FCA and
the PRA under registration number 106078
|
Nationwide group
|
Nationwide and its subsidiary
undertakings
|
Trademark licence agreement
(TMLA)
|
Trademark licence agreement
between the Company and Virgin Enterprises which
governs the use of the 'Virgin Money' brand
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Abbreviations
|
|
FCPP
|
Financial crime prevention
programme
|
IBB
|
Interest bearing
balance
|
MA
|
Management adjustment
|
MDA
|
Maximum distributable
amount
|
MES
|
Model economic
scenarios
|
MRM
|
Model risk management
|
PAC
|
Provision Adequacy
Committee
|
TCR
|
Total capital
requirement
|
TMLA
|
Trademark licence
agreement
|
VMI
|
Virgin Money Investments (legal
entity name 'Virgin Money Unit Trust Managers Limited')
|
Additional information
Officers and professional
advisers
Non-Executive
Directors
|
|
Board
Chair
|
David Bennett(1)
|
|
|
Senior
Independent Non-Executive Director
|
Tim Wade(2)
|
|
|
Independent
Non-Executive Directors(3)
|
Lucinda
Charles-Jones(2)
|
|
Elena
Novokreshchenova(2)
|
|
Petra van
Hoeken(2)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Directors
|
Chris Rhodes(5)
|
|
Clifford Abrahams
|
|
|
Group Company
Secretary
|
Lorna McMillan
|
|
|
Group General
Counsel and Purpose Officer
|
James Peirson
|
|
|
Independent
auditors
|
Ernst & Young LLP
|
|
25 Churchill Place
|
|
Canary Wharf
|
|
London
|
|
E14 5EY
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Member of
the Remuneration Committee and Governance and Nomination
Committee.
(2) All
Independent Non-Executive Directors are members of the Remuneration
Committee, Audit Committee, Risk Committee and Governance and
Nomination Committee.
(3) Darren Pope
stepped down as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Board
on 1 October 2024. Sara Weller, Non-Executive Director, stepped
down from the Board on 1 October 2024.
(4) Petra van
Hoeken was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2024 following Geeta
Gopalan, Independent Non-Executive Director, stepping down from the
Board on 30 June 2024.
(5) Chris Rhodes
was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 October 2024 following
David Duffy stepping down from the Board on 1 October
2024.
Additional information
Contact details
For further information, please
contact:
Investors and
Analysts
|
|
Richard Smith
Head of Investor Relations &
Sustainability
|
+44 7483
399 303
richard.smith@virginmoney.com
|
|
|
Amil Nathwani
|
+44 7702
100 398
|
Senior Manager, Investor
Relations
|
amil.nathwani@virginmoney.com
|
|
|
Martin Pollard
Senior Manager, Investor
Relations
|
+44 7894
814 195
martin.pollard1@virginmoney.com
|
|
|
Media
|
|
Tamara Dewhirst
Head of External Affairs
Simon Hall
|
+44 7483
432 222
tamara.dewhirst@virginmoney.com
+44 7855
257 081
|
Senior Media Relations
Manager
|
simon.hall@virginmoney.com
|
|
|
Press Office
|
+44 800
066 5998
|
|
press.office@virginmoney.com
|
|
|
Teneo
|
|
Nick Claydon
|
+44 20
7260 2700
|
|
|
There will be no Virgin Money
management presentation or conference call today. The Company also
announces that a copy of the Pillar 3 Disclosures will be available
on the Company's website later today at
Results and reporting | Virgin Money
PLC. A
copy of the document has been submitted to the National Storage
Mechanism and will shortly be available for inspection at:
https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism.
VIRGIN MONEY UK PLC
|
Registered number 09595911 (England and
Wales)
|
|
Head Office:
|
London Office:
|
Registered Office:
|
177 Bothwell Street
|
Floor 15, The Leadenhall Building
|
Jubilee House
|
Glasgow
|
122 Leadenhall Street
|
Gosforth
|
G2 7ER
|
London
|
Newcastle Upon Tyne
|
|
EC3V 4AB
|
NE3 4PL
|